xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 85999a0155e389415cc476110fd5614baf543a55)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1888 2007/04/03 23:28:40 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
10	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
11		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
12		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
13		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
14		found by Andy Fiddaman.
15	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
16		could not be set in 8.14.0.
17	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
18		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
19		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
20		Werner Wiethege.
21	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
22		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
23		Science and Mathematics.
24	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
25	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
26		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
27		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
28		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
29	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
30		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
31	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
32		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
33	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
34		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
35	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
36		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
37	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
38		Patches from Bryan Costales.
39	PORTABILITY FIXES:
40		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
41			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
42			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
43			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
44		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
45			Software Systems.
46	New Files:
47		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
48		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
49		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
50
51	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
52		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
53		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
54
558.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
56	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
57		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
58		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
59		  headers.
60	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
61		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
62		exactly one space.
63	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
64		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
65		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
66		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
67		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
68		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
69	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
70		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
71		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
72		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
73	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
74		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
75	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
76		Patch from Nik Clayton.
77	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
78		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
79	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
80		per daemon socket:
81			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
82			refuseLA	RefuseLA
83			delayLA		DelayLA
84			queueLA		QueueLA
85			children	MaxDaemonChildren
86	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
87		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
88		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
89		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
90	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
91		from Nik Clayton.
92	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
93		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
94		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
95		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
96	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
97		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
98		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
99		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
100	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
101		readable" status.
102	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
103		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
104	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
105		is a header address it also distinguishes between
106		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
107		envelope addresses).
108	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
109		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
110	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
111	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
112		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
113		slow down responding.
114	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
115		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
116		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
117		a file where to store the selected key.
118	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
119		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
120		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
121		connection is terminated immediately.
122	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
123		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
124		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
125	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
126		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
127		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
128			a query if it is too long.
129		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
130			to form the result of a lookup.
131	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
132		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
133		started by using "make check".
134	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
135		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
136		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
137	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
138		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
139	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
140		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
141		intended.
142	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
143		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
144	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
145		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
146		which may improve the communication performance on some
147		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
148		Proofpoint.
149	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
150		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
151		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
152		line.
153	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
154		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
155	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
156		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
157		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
158	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
159		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
160		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
161	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
162		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
163		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
164		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
165	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
166		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
167		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
168		each delivery.
169	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
170		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
171		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
172		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
173	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
174		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
175		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
176		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
177		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
178		Sun Microsystems.
179	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
180		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
181		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
182	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
183		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
184	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
185		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
186			To:user@example.com	RELAY
187	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
188		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
189		SMTP dialogue.
190	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
191		for the HELO/EHLO command.
192	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
193		messages by using those values as second argument.
194		Patches from Nelson Fung.
195	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
196		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
197		preceeded by a backslash.
198	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
199		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
200		the required installation directories.
201	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
202		executables (defaults to confCC).
203	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
204		has several changes which are listed below and documented
205		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
206	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
207		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
208		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
209		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
210		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
211		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
212		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
213	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
214		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
215		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
216		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
217		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
218		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
219	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
220		can act on the DATA command.
221	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
222		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
223	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
224		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
225		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
226	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
227		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
228		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
229		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
230		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
231		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
232		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
233	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
234		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
235	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
236		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
237	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
238		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
239		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
240		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
241		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
242	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
243		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
244		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
245		negotiation.
246	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
247		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
248		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
249		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
250		inserted, or replaced.
251	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
252		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
253		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
254	New Files:
255		cf/feature/badmx.m4
256		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
257		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
258		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
259		include/sm/misc.h
260		include/sm/sendmail.h
261		include/sm/tailq.h
262		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
263		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
264		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
265		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
266		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
267		libmilter/example.c
268		libmilter/monitor.c
269		libmilter/worker.c
270		libsm/memstat.c
271		libsm/t-memstat.c
272		libsm/t-qic.c
273		libsm/util.c
274		sendmail/daemon.h
275		sendmail/map.h
276
2778.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
278	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
279		the server can erroneously report that there is
280		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
281		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
282		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
283		of University of Washington.
284	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
285		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
286		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
287		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
288	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
289		David F. Skoll.
290	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
291		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
292	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
293		range (0..255).
294	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
295		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
296		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
297		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.*
298		about these macros.
299
3008.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
301	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
302		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
303		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
304		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
305		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
306		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
307		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
308		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
309		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
310		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
311	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
312		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
313		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
314	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
315		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
316		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
317		layer made in 8.13.6.
318	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
319		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
320		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
321		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
322		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
323		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
324		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
325		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
326		to avoid those false positives.
327	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
328		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
329		files were not removed.
330	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
331		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
332		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
333	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
334		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
335		either of these versions and compression is available,
336		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
337		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
338	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
339		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
340		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
341		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
342		but an argument must be specified.
343	Portability:
344		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
345		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
346
3478.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
348	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
349		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
350		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
351		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
352		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
353		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
354		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
355	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
356		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
357		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
358		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
359		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
360		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
361	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
362		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
363		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
364		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
365	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
366		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
367		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
368		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
369		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
370		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
371		A. Earickson of Colby College.
372	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
373		Myers of Proofpoint.
374	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
375		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
376		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
377	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
378		resume a stored TLS session.
379	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
380		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
381		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
382	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
383		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
384		Sun Microsystems.
385	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
386		This generates an error message from libmilter on
387		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
388		request silently.
389	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
390		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
391		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
392		Services.
393	Portability:
394		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
395		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
396		Andrew Brown.
397
3988.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
399	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
400		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
401		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
402		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
403		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
404		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
405		than the base directory.
406	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
407		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
408		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
409		Werner Wiethege.
410	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
411		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
412		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
413		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
414	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
415		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
416		University.
417	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
418		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
419	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
420		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
421		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
422	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
423		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
424	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
425	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
426		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
427		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
428	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
429		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
430	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
431			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
432			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
433			source code.
434		Add support for AIX 5.3.
435		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
436		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
437		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
438	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
439		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
440			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
441			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
442		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
443			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
444			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
445			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
446		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
447			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
448			by Mike Pechkin.
449	New Files:
450		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
451		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
452		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
453		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
454		include/sm/time.h
455
4568.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
457	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
458		different error which could result in connections that
459		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
460		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
461	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
462		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
463		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
464		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
465	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
466		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
467	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
468		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
469		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
470		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
471	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
472		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
473		and bounce generation.
474	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
475		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
476		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
477		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
478		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
479	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
480		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
481	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
482		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
483	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
484		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
485		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
486	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
487		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
488		by Joe Maimon.
489	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
490		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
491		on patch by Brian Kantor.
492	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
493		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
494		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
495	Portability:
496		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
497			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
498			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
499			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
500			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
501		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
502			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
503			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
504			University of Bremen.
505	New Files:
506		include/sm/sem.h
507		libsm/sem.c
508		libsm/t-sem.c
509
5108.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
511	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
512		is active.
513	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
514		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
515		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
516	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
517		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
518		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
519	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
520		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
521		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
522		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
523
5248.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
525	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
526		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
527		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
528		Simple Nomad of BindView.
529	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
530		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
531		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
532	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
533		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
534		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
535		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
536		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
537	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
538		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
539	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
540		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
541		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
542	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
543		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
544	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
545		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
546		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
547	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
548		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
549	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
550		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
551		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
552	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
553		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
554	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
555		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
556		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
557	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
558		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
559		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
560	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
561		noted by Nelson Fung.
562	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
563		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
564	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
565		by Nelson Fung.
566	Portability:
567		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
568	New Files:
569		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
570		devtools/OS/DragonFly
571		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
572	Deleted Files:
573		libsm/vsscanf.c
574
5758.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
576	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
577		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
578		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
579		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
580	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
581		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
582	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
583		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
584		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
585		by David Russell.
586	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
587		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
588		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
589		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
590	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
591		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
592		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
593	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
594		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
595	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
596		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
597		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
598		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
599		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
600		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
601		Bielefeld.
602	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
603		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
604	Portability:
605		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
606			noted by Geoff Adams.
607		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
608		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
609			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
610		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
611			incompatibilities with various *roff related
612			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
613	New Files:
614		doc/op/README
615
6168.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
617	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
618		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
619		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
620		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
621		University.
622	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
623		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
624		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
625	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
626		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
627	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
628		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
629		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
630		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
631		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
632		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
633	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
634		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
635		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
636		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
637		of cf/README for more information.
638	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
639		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
640		the LDAP library.
641	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
642		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
643		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
644		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
645		library supports it.
646	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
647		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
648	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
649		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
650		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
651	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
652		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
653		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
654		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
655		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
656		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
657		determines the length of the interval for which the
658		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
659		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
660	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
661		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
662		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
663		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
664		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
665		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
666		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
667		during that connection.
668	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
669		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
670		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
671	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
672		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
673		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
674	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
675		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
676	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
677		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
678		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
679		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
680	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
681		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
682		sendmail.
683	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
684		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
685		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
686		Mines de Paris.
687	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
688		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
689		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
690		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
691		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
692		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
693		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
694		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
695	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
696		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
697		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
698	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
699		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
700		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
701		by Sander Eerkes.
702	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
703		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
704		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
705		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
706	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
707		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
708		operates on lost queue items.
709	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
710		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
711		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
712		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
713		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
714		quarantine reason.
715	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
716		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
717	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
718		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
719		"QUARANTINE:".
720	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
721		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
722		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
723		be used for the quarantine reason.
724	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
725	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
726		message if it is quarantined.
727	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
728		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
729		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
730		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
731		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
732	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
733		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
734		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
735	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
736		recipients received so far in a transaction.
737	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
738		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
739		noted by Kai Schlichting.
740	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
741		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
742		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
743	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
744		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
745	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
746	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
747		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
748	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
749		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
750		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
751	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
752	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
753		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
754		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
755		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
756	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
757		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
758		of the University of Manitoba.
759	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
760		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
761		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
762		is active.
763	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
764		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
765		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
766	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
767		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
768	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
769		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
770	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
771		overwrite each other's pid files.
772	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
773		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
774		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
775	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
776		LogLevel 12 or higher.
777	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
778		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
779		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
780		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
781		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
782	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
783		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
784		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
785		of Sun Microsystems.
786	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
787		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
788	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
789		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
790	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
791		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
792	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
793		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
794	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
795		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
796		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
797		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
798	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
799		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
800		further information.
801	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
802		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
803	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
804		queue return and warning times for delivery status
805		notifications.
806	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
807		at all.
808	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
809		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
810		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
811	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
812		for DaemonPortOptions.
813	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
814		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
815		of Northern Illinois University.
816	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
817		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
818		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
819		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
820		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
821	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
822		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
823	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
824		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
825	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
826		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
827		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
828	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
829		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
830	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
831		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
832		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
833	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
834		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
835	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
836		HOSTALIASES.
837	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
838		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
839	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
840		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
841		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
842		Oleg Bulyzhin.
843	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
844		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
845		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
846		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
847		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
848	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
849		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
850	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
851		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
852	Portability:
853		Two new compile options have been added:
854			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
855			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
856			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
857		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
858			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
859			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
860			programs to match locking techniques.
861		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
862			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
863		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
864			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
865			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
866			Center for Scientific Computing.
867		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
868		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
869		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
870			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
871			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
872			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
873			from Mark Funkenhauser.
874	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
875		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
876		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
877		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
878	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
879		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
880		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
881		of Northern Illinois University.
882	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
883		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
884		the message using the given reason.
885	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
886		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
887		DNS records than just A.
888	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
889		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
890		connections is maintained.
891	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
892		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
893	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
894		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
895	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
896		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
897		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
898		use the access database to look the pause time based on
899		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
900	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
901		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
902		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
903		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
904		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
905		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
906	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
907		interval when refusing connections for this long.
908	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
909		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
910		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
911	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
912		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
913		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
914	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
915		to follow the naming conventions.
916	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
917		the A= argument.
918	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
919		local_lmtp.
920	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
921		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
922	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
923		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
924		its rules.
925	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
926		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
927		status notifications.
928	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
929	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
930		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
931		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
932	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
933		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
934		doc/op/op.me.
935	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
936		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
937		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
938	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
939		certificate revocations lists.
940	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
941		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
942		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
943		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
944	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
945		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
946		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
947		for more information.
948	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
949		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
950		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
951		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
952		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
953	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
954	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
955		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
956		of LifeLine Networks.
957	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
958		Derek J. Balling.
959	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
960		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
961	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
962		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
963	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
964		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
965		Filters which use this function must include the
966		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
967	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
968		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
969	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
970		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
971	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
972		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
973		resetting the timeout.
974	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
975		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
976		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
977	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
978		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
979	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
980		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
981		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
982	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
983		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
984	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
985		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
986	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
987		from Bryan Costales.
988	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
989		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
990	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
991		amendments to support header insertion operations.
992	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
993		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
994		Informations Services.
995	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
996	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
997		instead of '#'.
998	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
999		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1000		headers.
1001	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1002		for the auto-response message.
1003	New Files:
1004		CACerts
1005		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1006		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1007		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1008		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1009		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1010		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1011		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1012		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1013		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1014		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1015		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1016		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1017		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1018		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1019		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1020		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1021		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1022		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1023		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1024		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1025		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1026		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1027		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1028		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1029	Deleted Files:
1030		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1031		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1032		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1033		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1034		libsm/vsprintf.c
1035	Renamed Files:
1036		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1037
10388.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1039	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1040		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1041		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1042	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1043		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1044		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1045		Techfirm, Inc.
1046	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1047		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1048		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1049	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1050		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1051		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1052		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1053	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1054		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1055		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1056		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1057	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1058		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1059		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1060	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1061		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1062	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1063		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1064		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1065		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1066		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1067		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1068	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1069		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1070		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1071	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1072		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1073		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1074	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1075		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1076		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1077		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1078		external application that accesses qf files.
1079	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1080		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1081	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1082		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1083		Breyha.
1084	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1085		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1086		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1087		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1088		environment.
1089	Portability:
1090		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1091		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1092			Sun Microsystems.
1093	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1094		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1095	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1096		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1097	New Files:
1098		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1099
11008.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1101	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1102		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1103		of Courtesan Consulting.
1104	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1105		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1106		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1107		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1108		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1109	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1110		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1111	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1112	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1113		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1114	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1115		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1116	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1117		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1118		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1119	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1120		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1121	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1122	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1123		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1124		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1125	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1126		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1127		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1128	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1129		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1130	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1131		to make sure they match.
1132	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1133		in the kernel.
1134	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1135		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1136		Bart Duchesne.
1137	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1138		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1139		Craig Hunt.
1140	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1141		from Jerome Borsboom.
1142	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1143		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1144		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1145	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1146		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1147		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1148		after the close() and before the truncate().
1149	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1150		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1151		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1152	Portability:
1153		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1154			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1155			with AIX 5.2.
1156		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1157			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1158		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1159			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1160			of Harker Systems.
1161		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1162			your Linux distribution, compile with
1163			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1164	Added Files:
1165		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1166
11678.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1168	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1169		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1170		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1171		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1172		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1173		includes DNS.
1174	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1175		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1176		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1177		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1178	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1179		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1180		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1181		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1182		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1183		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1184		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1185	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1186		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1187	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1188		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1189		College London.
1190	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1191		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1192		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1193	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1194		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1195	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1196	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1197		text file instead of the database map.
1198	Portability:
1199		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1200			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1201			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1202			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1203
12048.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1205	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1206		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1207		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1208		of ISS X-Force.
1209	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1210		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1211		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1212		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1213	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1214		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1215	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1216		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1217		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1218	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1219		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1220	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1221		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1222		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1223
12248.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1225	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1226		across various connections.  This could cause session
1227		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1228		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1229		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1230	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1231		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1232		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1233	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1234		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1235		Erik Parker.
1236	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1237		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1238		is used.
1239	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1240		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1241	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1242		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1243		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1244		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1245		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1246	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1247		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1248	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1249		of 11 or higher.
1250	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1251		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1252	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1253		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1254		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1255		to be run even if Runners=0.
1256	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1257		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1258		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1259	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1260		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1261	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1262		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1263	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1264		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1265	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1266		by John Majikes of IBM.
1267	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1268		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1269	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1270		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1271		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1272	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1273		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1274		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1275	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1276		noted by Matthias Andree.
1277	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1278		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1279	Portability:
1280		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1281		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1282			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1283			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1284			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1285			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1286			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1287		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1288			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1289		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1290			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1291		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1292			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1293		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1294		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1295			Corporation.
1296		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1297	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1298		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1299	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1300		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1301		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1302	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1303		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1304		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1305		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1306		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1307		in the file itself.
1308	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1309		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1310		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1311		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1312	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1313	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1314		relay.
1315	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1316		in access_db.
1317	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1318	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1319		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1320		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1321	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1322		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1323		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1324	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1325		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1326		Sun Microsystems.
1327	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1328		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1329	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1330		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1331		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1332	New Files:
1333		devtools/OS/Interix
1334		include/sm/bdb.h
1335
13368.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1337	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1338		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1339		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1340		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1341		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1342	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1343		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1344		Courtesan Consulting.
1345	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1346		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1347		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1348	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1349		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1350		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1351	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1352		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1353		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1354		Earickson of Colby College.
1355	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1356		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1357		Courtesan Consulting.
1358	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1359		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1360	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1361		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1362		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1363	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1364		execve().
1365	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1366		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1367		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1368	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1369		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1370		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1371		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1372		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1373	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1374		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1375		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1376	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1377	Portability:
1378		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1379			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1380			fix from Scott Walters.
1381		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1382		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1383			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1384		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1385			NETISO support has been dropped.
1386	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1387		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1388		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1389		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1390		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1391		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1392		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1393		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1394		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1395		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1396		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1397		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1398		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1399		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1400	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1401		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1402		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1403		University.
1404	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1405		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1406	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1407		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1408	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1409		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1410	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1411		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1412		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1413	New Files:
1414		contrib/etrn.0
1415
14168.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1417	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1418		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1419		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1420		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1421		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1422		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1423	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1424		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1425		with rogue DNS servers.
1426	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1427		by Bryan Costales.
1428	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1429		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1430		Costales.
1431	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1432		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1433		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1434		Polytechnic Institute.
1435	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1436		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1437	Portability:
1438		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1439			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1440			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1441			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1442		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1443			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1444			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1445			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1446			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1447			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1448			related programs to match locking techniques.
1449
14508.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1451	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1452		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1453		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1454		section of the top level README for more information.
1455		Problem noted by lumpy.
1456	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1457		instead of 0644.
1458	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1459		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1460		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1461	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1462		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1463		Purdue University.
1464	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1465		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1466		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1467	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1468		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1469		of Active State.
1470	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1471		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1472		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1473	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1474		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1475		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1476		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1477	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1478		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1479	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1480		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1481	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1482		or the queue.
1483	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1484		user who started sendmail.
1485	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1486		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1487		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1488	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1489		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1490		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1491		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1492		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1493	Portability:
1494		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1495			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1496			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1497		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1498			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1499			Charles University in Prague.
1500		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1501			memory.
1502	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1503		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1504	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1505		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1506		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1507	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1508		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1509	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1510		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1511		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1512		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1513		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1514	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1515		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1516		noted by Bryan Costales.
1517	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1518		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1519	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1520		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1521	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1522		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1523	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1524		match dnsbl change.
1525	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1526		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1527		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1528	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1529		a user's filter starts other applications.
1530	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1531		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1532	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1533		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1534		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1535	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1536		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1537	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1538		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1539		noted by Bryan Costales.
1540	New Files:
1541		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1542
15438.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1544	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1545		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1546		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1547		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1548		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1549		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1550		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1551		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1552		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1553		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1554		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1555		University.
1556	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1557		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1558		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1559		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1560		of INTERMETA.
1561	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1562		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1563	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1564		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1565	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1566		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1567		ActiveState.
1568	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1569		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1570	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1571		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1572		Northern Illinois University.
1573	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1574		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1575		of Dinoex.
1576	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1577		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1578		Polytechnic Institute.
1579	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1580		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1581		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1582	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1583		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1584		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1585	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1586		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1587	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1588		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1589	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1590		missing arguments.
1591	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1592		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1593		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1594	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1595		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1596	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1597		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1598		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1599	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1600		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1601		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1602	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1603		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1604		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1605		of Concordia University.
1606	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1607		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1608	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1609		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1610		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1611		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1612	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1613		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1614		Elvers.
1615	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1616		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1617		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1618		total number of TCP connections.
1619	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1620		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1621		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1622	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1623		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1624	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1625		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1626		Texas.
1627	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1628		to 451.
1629	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1630		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1631		patch by Bryan Costales.
1632	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1633		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1634	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1635		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1636		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1637		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1638		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1639		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1640		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1641		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1642	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1643		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1644		command).
1645	Portability:
1646		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1647			available.
1648		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1649			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1650			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1651			Skyrr.
1652		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1653			noted by John Beck.
1654		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1655		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1656			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1657	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1658		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1659		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1660	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1661		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1662		error.
1663	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1664		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1665		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1666	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1667		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1668	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1669		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1670	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1671		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1672		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1673		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1674		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1675		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1676	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1677		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1678		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1679		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1680		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1681		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1682		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1683		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1684	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1685		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1686		noted by John Beck.
1687	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1688		if queue groups are used.
1689	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1690	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1691	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1692		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1693	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1694	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1695		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1696		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1697		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1698		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1699		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1700	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1701		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1702		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1703	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1704		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1705		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1706	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1707		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1708		ldap_memfree().
1709	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1710		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1711	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1712		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1713	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1714		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1715		San Francisco.
1716	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1717	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1718		Joe Barbish.
1719	New Files:
1720		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1721
17228.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1723	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1724		at startup, only log an error message.
1725	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1726		following -b) has been specified.
1727	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1728		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1729		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1730	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1731		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1732		Regensburg.
1733	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1734		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1735		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1736		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1737	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1738		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1739		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1740	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1741		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1742		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1743	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1744		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1745		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1746	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1747		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1748		SMTP connections.
1749	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1750		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1751		and Technology.
1752	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1753		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1754		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1755		Meteorological Institute.
1756	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1757		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1758		Online.
1759	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1760		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1761		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1762		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1763		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1764		types, respectively.
1765	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1766		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1767		of Virginia Tech.
1768	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1769		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1770		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1771	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1772		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1773	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1774		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1775	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1776		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1777		of Vienna.
1778	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1779		of Sun Microsystems.
1780	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1781		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1782		with servers that do not support realms when using
1783		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1784	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1785		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1786		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1787	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1788		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1789		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1790	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1791	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1792		instead of forcing localhost.
1793	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1794		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1795	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1796		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1797	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1798		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1799		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1800		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1801		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1802	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1803		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1804	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1805		Compaq Computer Corp.
1806	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1807		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1808		Tech.
1809	Portability:
1810		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1811			patch provided by HP.
1812		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1813			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1814		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1815			Sachin of Siemens.
1816		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1817		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1818			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1819			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1820			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1821		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1822			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1823		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1824			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1825		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1826			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1827			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1828			Hewlett-Packard.
1829		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1830			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1831			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1832		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1833			Virginia Tech.
1834		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1835			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1836		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1837			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1838	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1839		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1840		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1841	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1842		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1843	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1844		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1845		Florida.
1846	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1847		Altin Waldmann.
1848	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1849		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1850		Hewlett-Packard.
1851	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1852		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1853		of MSFU.
1854	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1855		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1856		Institute.
1857	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1858	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1859		to free memory twice.
1860	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1861		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1862		of Sun Microsystems.
1863	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1864		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1865		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1866		University of Athens.
1867	New Files:
1868		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1869		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1870		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1871		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1872		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1873		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1874		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1875		libsm/mpeix.c
1876
18778.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1878	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1879		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1880		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1881		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1882		found by Michal Zalewski.
1883	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1884		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1885		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1886		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1887	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1888		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1889	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1890		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1891		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1892	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1893		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1894		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1895	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1896		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1897		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1898		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1899		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1900	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1901		canonical name for a host.
1902	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1903		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1904		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1905		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1906	Portability:
1907		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1908			`uname` does not given complete information.
1909			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1910			Aircraft Company.
1911		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1912			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1913		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1914			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1915			Courtesan Consulting.
1916	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1917		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1918	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1919		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1920		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1921	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1922		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1923		then use it.
1924	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1925		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1926	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1927		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1928	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1929		and vacation.
1930	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1931		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1932		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1933	New Files:
1934		test/Build
1935		test/Makefile
1936		test/Makefile.m4
1937		test/README
1938		test/t_dropgid.c
1939		test/t_setgid.c
1940	Deleted Files:
1941		include/sm/stdio.h
1942		include/sm/sysstat.h
1943
19448.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
1945	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1946		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
1947		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1948		default).  The installation process tries to install
1949		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1950		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1951	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1952		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1953		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1954		flags:
1955			GroupWritableForwardFile
1956			WorldWritableForwardFile
1957			GroupWritableIncludeFile
1958			WorldWritableIncludeFile
1959		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1960	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
1961		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1962		(IdS).
1963	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1964		point where the variable could become overused for more than
1965		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
1966		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
1967		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1968		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1969	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1970		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
1971		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1972		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
1973		see sendmail/SECURITY.
1974	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1975		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1976	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1977		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
1978		sendmail/SECURITY.
1979	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1980		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1981		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1982	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1983		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1984		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
1985		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1986		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1987	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
1988		command has been removed.
1989	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
1990		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1991	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1992		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1993		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
1994		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1995	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1996		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
1997		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1998		supported.
1999	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2000		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2001		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2002		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2003		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2004		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2005		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2006		creation rather than just before delivery.
2007	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2008		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2009		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2010		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2011		preference matches (coattail).
2012	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2013		try other MX hosts if available.
2014	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2015		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2016	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2017		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2018		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2019	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2020	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2021		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2022		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2023		removed in future versions.
2024	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2025		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2026	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2027		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2028		doc/op/op.me for details.
2029	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2030		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2031		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2032		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2033	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2034	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2035		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2036	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2037		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2038		enough on a per recipient basis.
2039	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2040		for STARTTLS.
2041	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2042		value "NOT".
2043	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2044		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2045	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2046		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2047	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2048		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2049		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2050		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2051	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2052		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2053	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2054		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2055		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2056		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2057		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2058		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2059		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2060		by a queue run.
2061	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2062		system each queue directory resides in.
2063	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2064	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2065	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2066		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2067		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2068		same time.
2069	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2070		active queue runner processes.
2071	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2072		runners per queue group.
2073	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2074		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2075		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2076		of the queue that match during processing.
2077	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2078		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2079		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2080		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2081		persistent queue runner.
2082	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2083		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2084		sendmail -q15m).
2085	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2086		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2087	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2088		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2089	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2090		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2091	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2092		of the qf file (older entries first).
2093	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2094		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2095		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2096		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2097	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2098		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2099	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2100		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2101		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2102		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2103		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2104	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2105		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2106		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2107	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2108		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2109		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2110		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2111		details.
2112	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2113		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2114	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2115		and the usual documentation for details.
2116	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2117	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2118		announced in 8.10.
2119	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2120	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2121		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2122		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2123	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2124		-r (number of retries).
2125	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2126		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2127		and value separated by the given separator.
2128	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2129		to map class arith.
2130	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2131		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2132	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2133		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2134	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2135		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2136		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2137	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2138		filenames with spaces).
2139	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2140	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2141		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2142		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2143		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2144		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2145		to the loopback net.
2146	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2147	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2148		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2149	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2150		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2151	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2152		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2153	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2154		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2155		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2156		Development Group.
2157	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2158		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2159		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2160		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2161		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2162		load average is exceeded.
2163	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2164		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2165		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2166		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2167		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2168	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2169	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2170	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2171		instead.
2172	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2173		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2174	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2175		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2176		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2177	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2178		for direct (command line) submissions.
2179	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2180		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2181		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2182	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2183		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2184		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2185	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2186		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2187		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2188		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2189	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2190		before logging.
2191	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2192		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2193	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2194	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2195		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2196		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2197	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2198		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2199		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2200	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2201		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2202		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2203		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2204		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2205		See libsm/index.html for details.
2206	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2207		care of by fork() and exit().
2208	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2209		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2210		new and old (from new libsm).
2211	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2212		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2213	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2214	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2215		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2216		synchronizations calls.
2217	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2218	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2219	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2220		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2221	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2222		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2223		for details.
2224	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2225		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2226		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2227		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2228	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2229		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2230		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2231	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2232		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2233		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2234		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2235		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2236		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2237		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2238	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2239		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2240	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2241		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2242	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2243		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2244		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2245		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2246		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2247		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2248		Urbana-Champaign.
2249	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2250		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2251	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2252		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2253		connections.
2254	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2255		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2256		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2257		cf/README.
2258	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2259		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2260		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2261		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2262		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2263		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2264		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2265		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2266		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2267		example).
2268	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2269		the default schema used in the above two items.
2270	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2271		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2272		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2273	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2274		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2275		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2276	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2277		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2278		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2279		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2280		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2281	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2282		HELO/EHLO commands.
2283	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2284		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2285		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2286		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2287		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2288		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2289		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2290	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2291		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2292		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2293		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2294		(verbose) command line option.
2295	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2296		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2297		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2298		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2299	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2300		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2301		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2302	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2303		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2304		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2305	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2306		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2307		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2308		British Columbia.
2309	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2310		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2311	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2312		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2313		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2314		if required.
2315	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2316		class instead.
2317	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2318		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2319		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2320		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2321	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2322		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2323	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2324		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2325		Nelson of IBM.
2326	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2327		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2328		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2329		their defaults are:
2330		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2331		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2332		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2333		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2334		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2335		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2336		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2337	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2338		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2339	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2340		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2341		Meteorological Institute.
2342	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2343		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2344		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2345	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2346		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2347		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2348	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2349		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2350		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2351		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2352		See sendmail/README for further information.
2353	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2354		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2355		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2356	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2357		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2358		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2359	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2360		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2361	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2362		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2363		flora.ca.
2364	Portability:
2365		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2366			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2367			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2368		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2369			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2370			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2371			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2372			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2373			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2374		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2375			Solaris 8 and later.
2376		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2377	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2378	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2379	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2380	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2381	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2382		temporary lookup failures.
2383	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2384		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2385		or IP nets.
2386	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2387		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2388		to get through.
2389	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2390		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2391		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2392		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2393		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2394	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2395		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2396		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2397		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2398	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2399		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2400		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2401	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2402		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2403		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2404	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2405		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2406	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2407		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2408		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2409	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2410		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2411		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2412		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2413		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2414	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2415		cf/README for details.
2416	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2417		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2418		University of Maryland.
2419	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2420		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2421	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2422		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2423		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2424	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2425		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2426		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2427		Solving.
2428	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2429		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2430	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2431		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2432	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2433		immediately.
2434	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2435		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2436		See cf/README for details.
2437	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2438		temporary lookup failures.
2439	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2440		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2441	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2442		memory use.
2443	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2444		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2445		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2446		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2447		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2448	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2449		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2450	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2451		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2452	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2453		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2454	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2455		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2456		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2457		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2458	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2459	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2460		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2461		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2462		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2463		additional details.
2464	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2465		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2466		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2467		information.
2468	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2469		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2470		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2471	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2472		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2473		recipients as user unknown.
2474	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2475		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2476		section of cf/README for more information.
2477	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2478		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2479		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2480	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2481		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2482		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2483	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2484		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2485		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2486		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2487		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2488		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2489		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2490		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2491		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2492		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2493		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2494	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2495		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2496		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2497		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2498		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2499	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2500		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2501		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2502		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2503		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2504		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2505		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2506		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2507		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2508		doc/op/op.me for details.
2509	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2510		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2511		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2512	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2513		dequote map.
2514	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2515	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2516		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2517	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2518		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2519		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2520		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2521		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2522		This affects the access database as well as the
2523		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2524	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2525	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2526	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2527		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2528		Mississippi State University.
2529	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2530		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2531	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2532		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2533		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2534	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2535		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2536		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2537	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2538		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2539		systems which don't include cat directories.
2540	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2541	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2542		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2543		mailbox database type.
2544	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2545		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2546		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2547		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2548	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2549		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2550	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2551		instead of white space.
2552	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2553		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2554		Meteorological Institute.
2555	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2556	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2557		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2558	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2559		instead of syslog.
2560	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2561		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2562		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2563		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2564	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2565		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2566		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2567		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2568	New Directories:
2569		libmilter/docs
2570	New Files:
2571		cf/cf/README
2572		cf/cf/submit.cf
2573		cf/cf/submit.mc
2574		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2575		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2576		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2577		cf/feature/msp.m4
2578		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2579		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2580		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2581		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2582		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2583		cf/sendmail.schema
2584		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2585		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2586		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2587		editmap/*
2588		include/sm/*
2589		libsm/*
2590		libsmutil/cf.c
2591		libsmutil/err.c
2592		sendmail/SECURITY
2593		sendmail/TUNING
2594		sendmail/bf.c
2595		sendmail/bf.h
2596		sendmail/sasl.c
2597		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2598		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2599		sendmail/tls.c
2600	Deleted Files:
2601		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2602		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2603		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2604		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2605		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2606		include/sendmail/useful.h
2607		libsmutil/errstring.c
2608		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2609		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2610		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2611		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2612		sendmail/clock.c
2613	Renamed Files:
2614		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2615		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2616		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2617
26188.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2619	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2620		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2621		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2622		of ISS X-Force.
2623	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2624		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2625		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2626		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2627		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2628		includes DNS.
2629	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2630		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2631		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2632		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2633	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2634		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2635		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2636		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2637		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2638		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2639		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2640	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2641		across various connections.  This could cause session
2642		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2643		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2644		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2645	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2646		canonical name for a host.
2647	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2648	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2649		or the queue.
2650	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2651		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2652		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2653		Polytechnic Institute.
2654	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2655		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2656		Purdue University.
2657	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2658		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2659		Texas.
2660	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2661		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2662		error.
2663	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2664		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2665	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2666		and vacation.
2667	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2668		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2669	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2670		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2671		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2672	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2673		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2674		Sun Microsystems.
2675	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2676		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2677		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2678
26798.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2680	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2681		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2682		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2683	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2684		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2685		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2686		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2687		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2688	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2689		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2690		Werner Wiethege.
2691	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2692		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2693
26948.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2695	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2696		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2697		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2698		of SE Netway Communications.
2699	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2700		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2701	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2702		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2703		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2704		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2705	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2706		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2707	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2708		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2709		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2710		University College.
2711	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2712		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2713	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2714		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2715		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2716		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2717		University at Albany.
2718	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2719		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2720	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2721		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2722		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2723		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2724	Portability:
2725		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2726			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2727		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2728			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2729		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2730			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2731		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2732			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2733	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2734		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2735
27368.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2737	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2738		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2739		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2740		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2741		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2742		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2743	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2744		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2745		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2746	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2747		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2748		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2749	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2750		from Kenji Miyake.
2751	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2752		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2753	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2754		the same map again while exiting.
2755	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2756		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2757		of Tuebingen.
2758	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2759		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2760		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2761		Oklahoma State University.
2762	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2763		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2764		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2765	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2766		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2767		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2768		Morgan Stanley.
2769	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2770		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2771		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2772	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2773		from Werner Wiethege.
2774	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2775		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2776	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2777		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2778		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2779		Internet Services.
2780	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2781		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2782	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2783		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2784	Portability:
2785		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2786	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2787		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2788	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2789	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2790		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2791		Meteorological Institute.
2792	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2793		since it generates random process ids.
2794	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2795		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2796		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2797	New Files:
2798		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2799
28008.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2801	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2802		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2803		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2804		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2805	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2806		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2807		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2808		communications consulting gmbh.
2809	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2810		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2811	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2812		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2813		connection came in from the command line.
2814	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2815		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2816		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2817	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2818		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2819	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2820		when they were committed.
2821	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2822		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2823	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2824		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2825		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2826		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2827	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2828		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2829		University.
2830	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2831		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2832		accept() completes.
2833	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2834		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2835	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2836		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2837		Wellcome.
2838	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2839		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2840		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2841		University.
2842	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2843		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2844		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2845		University of New Brunswick.
2846	Portability:
2847		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2848			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2849			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2850		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2851			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2852		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2853			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2854			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2855		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2856			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2857			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2858	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2859		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2860	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2861		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2862	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2863		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2864		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2865		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2866		Institute.
2867	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2868		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2869		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2870	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2871		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2872	Renamed Files:
2873		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2874
28758.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2876	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2877		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2878		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2879		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2880		Schools" project (IdS).
2881	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2882		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2883		be enabled by compiling with:
2884		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2885		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2886		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2887	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2888		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2889	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2890		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2891		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2892		Colby College.
2893	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2894		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2895	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2896		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2897		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2898		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2899	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2900		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2901		NxNetworks, Inc.
2902	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2903		client name.
2904	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2905		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2906		the Universitat Regensburg.
2907	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2908		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2909		University of Arizona.
2910	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2911		of Collective Technologies.
2912	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2913		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2914		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2915		Engineering.
2916	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2917		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2918		Meteorological Institute.
2919	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2920		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2921	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2922		Meteorological Institute.
2923	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2924		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2925		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2926		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2927	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2928		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2929		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2930	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2931		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2932		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2933	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2934		overall connections, not the number of connections per
2935		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
2936		counting.
2937	Portability:
2938		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2939			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
2940			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2941		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2942			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2943		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
2944			Rosenman.
2945		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2946			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2947		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2948			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2949			of Pacific Access.
2950		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
2951			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2952		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2953			Microsystems.
2954	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2955		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2956		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2957	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2958		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2959	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2960		implicitly assume canonical host names.
2961	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
2962		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2963	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2964		Virginia Tech.
2965	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2966		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
2967		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2968	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2969	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
2970		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2971		gmbh.
2972	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
2973		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2974	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2975		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2976		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2977		of Kyoto University.
2978	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
2979		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2980		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2981		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
2982		version.
2983	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2984		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2985		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2986	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2987	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2988		or *-owner.
2989	New Files:
2990		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
2991		contrib/buildvirtuser
2992		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
2993
29948.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
2995	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2996		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2997	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2998		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
2999		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3000		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3001		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3002	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3003		wildcards.
3004	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3005		process may close the connection before the child process
3006		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3007		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3008		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3009	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3010		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3011	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3012		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3013		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3014		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3015	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3016		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3017		of EarthLink.
3018	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3019	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3020		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3021		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3022	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3023		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3024	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3025		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3026		Fournier of Acadia University.
3027	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3028		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3029		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3030		one of the others may be able to take over.
3031	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3032		previous load average query result.
3033	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3034		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3035		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3036		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3037	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3038		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3039	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3040		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3041		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3042	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3043		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3044	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3045		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3046		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3047	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3048		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3049	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3050		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3051		University of British Columbia.
3052	Portability:
3053		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3054			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3055			override the setting.  Suggested by
3056			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3057		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3058			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3059			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3060		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3061			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3062			College.
3063		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3064			Tom Moore of NCR.
3065		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3066			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3067		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3068			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3069			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3070		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3071			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3072			Consulting.
3073	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3074		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3075	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3076		errors in the MAIL address.
3077	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3078		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3079	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3080		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3081	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3082		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3083		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3084		Ericsson.
3085	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3086		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3087		mailer as described in cf/README.
3088	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3089		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3090	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3091		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3092	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3093		sendmail.
3094	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3095		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3096		Meteorological Institute.
3097	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3098	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3099		dot as the only character on the line.
3100	New Files:
3101		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3102
31038.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3104	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3105		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3106		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3107		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3108		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3109		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3110		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3111	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3112		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3113		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3114		Systems in this category should compile with
3115		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3116		system and report broken implementations to
3117		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3118		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3119	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3120		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3121		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3122	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3123		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3124		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3125		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3126	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3127		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3128		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3129		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3130	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3131		random data.
3132	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3133		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3134		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3135	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3136		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3137		Martin of CMU.
3138	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3139		strength factor.
3140	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3141		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3142		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3143		of CMU.
3144	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3145		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3146		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3147	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3148		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3149		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3150		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3151		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3152		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3153		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3154		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3155	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3156		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3157		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3158		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3159		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3160		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3161	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3162		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3163		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3164		of Sun Microsystems.
3165	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3166		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3167		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3168		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3169		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3170		delivery attempts.
3171	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3172		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3173		smoe.org.
3174	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3175		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3176		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3177	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3178		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3179	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3180		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3181		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3182		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3183	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3184		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3185		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3186	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3187		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3188		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3189		of Northern Illinois University.
3190	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3191		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3192	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3193		to kilobyte units.
3194	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3195		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3196		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3197		Polytechnic.
3198	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3199		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3200		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3201		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3202	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3203		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3204		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3205	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3206		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3207	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3208		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3209		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3210	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3211		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3212		G. Thomas Consulting.
3213	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3214		port number (113).
3215	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3216		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3217	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3218		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3219		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3220	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3221		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3222		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3223		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3224	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3225		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3226		University of Mainz.
3227	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3228		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3229	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3230		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3231	Portability:
3232		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3233			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3234			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3235		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3236		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3237			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3238			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3239			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3240		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3241			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3242		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3243			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3244			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3245			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3246			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3247	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3248		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3249	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3250		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3251		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3252		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3253		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3254		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3255		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3256		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3257		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3258	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3259		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3260		cf/README for more information.
3261	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3262	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3263		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3264	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3265		instead of temporary.
3266	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3267		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3268		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3269		Consulting.
3270	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3271		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3272		RootsWeb.com.
3273	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3274		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3275		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3276		University of Maryland.
3277	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3278		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3279	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3280		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3281		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3282		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3283		of the University of Alberta.
3284	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3285		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3286	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3287	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3288		of X.509 certificates.
3289	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3290		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3291		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3292		Universitat Regensburg.
3293	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3294		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3295	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3296		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3297	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3298		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3299	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3300		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3301		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3302	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3303		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3304	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3305		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3306		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3307		University.
3308	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3309	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3310		links.
3311	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3312		reported.
3313	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3314		Denman Tire Corporation.
3315	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3316		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3317	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3318	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3319		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3320	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3321		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3322	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3323		have a From line.
3324	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3325		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3326	Added Files:
3327		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3328		contrib/cidrexpand
3329		contrib/link_hash.sh
3330		contrib/movemail.conf
3331		contrib/movemail.pl
3332		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3333		test/t_snprintf.c
3334
33358.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3336	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3337		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3338		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3339		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3340		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3341	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3342		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3343	Added Files:
3344		test/t_setuid.c
3345
33468.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3347	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3348		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3349		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3350		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3351		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3352		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3353	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3354		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3355	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3356	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3357		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3358		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3359	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3360		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3361		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3362	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3363		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3364	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3365	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3366		or higher.
3367	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3368		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3369	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3370	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3371		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3372		Polytechnic Institute.
3373	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3374		discards the message.
3375	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3376		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3377		attempted to the alias.
3378	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3379		flag options.
3380	Portability:
3381		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3382			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3383			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3384			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3385			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3386		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3387			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3388		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3389			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3390		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3391		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3392			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3393		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3394			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3395			Services, LLC.
3396		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3397			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3398			Courtesan Consulting.
3399		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3400			Siemens Business Services.
3401	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3402		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3403		of WSRCC.
3404	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3405	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3406		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3407	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3408		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3409	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3410	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3411		of NEC.
3412	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3413		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3414	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3415		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3416		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3417		Virginia Tech.
3418	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3419		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3420		University.
3421	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3422		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3423		release.
3424	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3425		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3426		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3427		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3428	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3429		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3430		Sendmail.
3431	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3432		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3433		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3434	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3435		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3436	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3437		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3438		Northern Illinois University.
3439	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3440		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3441		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3442		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3443	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3444		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3445	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3446		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3447		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3448	Added Files:
3449		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3450		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3451	Deleted Files:
3452		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3453	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3454		doc/intro
3455		doc/usenix
3456		doc/changes
3457
34588.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3459	    *************************************************************
3460	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3461	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3462	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3463	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3464	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3465	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3466	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3467	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3468	    *								*
3469	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3470	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3471	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3472	    *************************************************************
3473	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3474		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3475		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3476		symbolic link target.
3477	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3478		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3479		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3480	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3481		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3482		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3483		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3484		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3485		version of sendmail.
3486	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3487		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3488		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3489		(IdS).
3490	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3491		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3492	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3493		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3494	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3495		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3496		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3497		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3498		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3499		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3500	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3501		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3502		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3503		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3504	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3505		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3506		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3507	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3508		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3509		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3510	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3511		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3512		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3513		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3514		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3515		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3516	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3517		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3518		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3519	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3520		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3521		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3522		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3523		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3524		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3525	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3526		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3527		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3528		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3529	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3530		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3531		accordingly.
3532	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3533		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3534		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3535		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3536		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3537		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3538		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3539	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3540		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3541		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3542		InCert Software.
3543	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3544		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3545		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3546	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3547		a control socket request.
3548	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3549		settings:
3550		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3551			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3552			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3553			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3554		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3555			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3556			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3557		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3558			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3559			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3560			delivery attempt.
3561		Timeout.resolver.retry
3562			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3563			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3564			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3565		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3566			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3567			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3568		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3569			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3570			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3571			delivery attempt.
3572		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3573	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3574		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3575		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3576		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3577		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3578		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3579		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3580		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3581		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3582		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3583	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3584		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3585		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3586		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3587		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3588		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3589		Telecommunications Ltd.
3590	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3591		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3592		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3593		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3594		Inc.
3595	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3596		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3597		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3598	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3599		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3600	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3601		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3602		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3603	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3604		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3605	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3606	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3607		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3608		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3609	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3610		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3611		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3612	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3613		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3614		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3615		Ltd.
3616	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3617		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3618		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3619		example mailer might be:
3620			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3621				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3622				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3623		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3624	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3625		instead.
3626	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3627		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3628		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3629		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3630	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3631		flags.
3632	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3633		body of the original message on delivery status
3634		notifications.
3635	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3636		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3637	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3638		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3639		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3640	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3641		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3642		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3643	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3644		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3645		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3646		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3647	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3648		Conwell of Boston University.
3649	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3650		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3651	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3652		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3653		@Home Network.
3654	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3655		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3656		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3657	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3658		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3659		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3660	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3661		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3662		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3663		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3664		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3665	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3666		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3667		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3668	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3669		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3670		Mathias Herberts.
3671	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3672		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3673		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3674		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3675		in check_compat).
3676	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3677		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3678		option.
3679	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3680	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3681		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3682	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3683		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3684	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3685	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3686		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3687	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3688		is set.
3689	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3690		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3691	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3692		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3693		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3694	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3695	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3696	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3697		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3698		a denial-of-service attack.
3699	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3700		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3701		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3702		overflow attacks.
3703	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3704		alias recursion.
3705	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3706	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3707	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3708		directly before the newline.
3709	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3710		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3711		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3712		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3713		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3714		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3715		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3716		could not be opened.
3717	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3718		value of this option is macro expanded.
3719	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3720		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3721	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3722		(along with the already existing macros):
3723		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3724		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3725		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3726		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3727		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3728		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3729		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3730	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3731		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3732		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3733		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3734		loopback net.
3735	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3736		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3737		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3738	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3739		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3740		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3741		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3742		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3743	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3744		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3745		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3746		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3747		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3748	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3749		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3750		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3751		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3752	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3753		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3754		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3755		Ericsson.
3756	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3757		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3758		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3759		of Ericsson.
3760	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3761		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3762		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3763	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3764		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3765		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3766	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3767		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3768		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3769		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3770	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3771		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3772	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3773		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3774	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3775		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3776		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3777	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3778	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3779		equate name.
3780	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3781		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3782	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3783		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3784	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3785		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3786		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3787		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3788		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3789		David Cooley of Colby College.
3790	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3791		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3792		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3793		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3794		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3795	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3796		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3797		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3798		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3799		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3800		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3801		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3802		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3803		of Stanford University.
3804	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3805		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3806	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3807		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3808		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3809		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3810		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3811		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3812		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3813	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3814		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3815		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3816		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3817	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3818	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3819		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3820	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3821		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3822		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3823		comma separated key and value strings.
3824	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3825		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3826		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3827		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3828		a single connection to that host.
3829	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3830	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3831		LDAP lookups.
3832	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3833		resources.
3834	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3835	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3836	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3837		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3838		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3839		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3840		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3841		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3842		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3843		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3844		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3845		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3846		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3847		with the name "*".
3848	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3849		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3850		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3851		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3852		matches to return.
3853	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3854		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3855		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3856		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3857		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3858		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3859		are defined.
3860	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3861		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3862		Tech.
3863	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3864		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3865		important if you have large classes.
3866	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3867		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3868		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3869	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3870		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3871		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3872		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3873		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3874		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3875	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3876		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3877		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3878		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3879		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3880		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3881		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3882		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3883	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3884		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3885		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3886		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3887		has no effect.
3888	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3889		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3890	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3891		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3892	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3893		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3894	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3895		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3896	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3897		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3898		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3899		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3900		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3901	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3902		10 or higher.
3903	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3904		information (from= syslog line).
3905	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3906		equate (dsn=).
3907	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3908	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3909		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3910		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3911	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3912		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3913		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3914	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3915		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3916	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3917		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3918		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3919		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3920		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3921		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3922	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3923		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3924		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3925	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3926		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3927		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3928	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3929		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3930		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3931	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3932		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3933	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3934		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3935		multiple files.
3936	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3937		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3938		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3939		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3940		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3941		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
3942		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3943		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
3944		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3945	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3946		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3947	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3948		length before the attempt.
3949	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3950		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
3951		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3952		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
3953		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3954	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3955		host status files, not all files.
3956	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3957		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3958		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3959		Wonderworks Inc.
3960	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3961		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
3962		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3963		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3964		of Hannover.
3965	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
3966		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3967		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3968		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
3969		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3970		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3971	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3972		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3973		flag:
3974			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3975		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3976		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3977		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3978	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3979		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
3980		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3981		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
3982		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3983		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3984		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3985	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3986		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
3987		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3988		version.
3989	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3990	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3991	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3992		if referencing a named ruleset.
3993	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3994		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3995	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3996		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
3997		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
3998		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3999		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4000		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4001		the University of Maryland.
4002	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4003		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4004	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4005		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4006	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4007		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4008		COMMANDS).
4009	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4010		but for outgoing connections.
4011	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4012		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4013			a	require authentication
4014			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4015				been received
4016			c	perform hostname canonification
4017			f	require fully qualified hostname
4018			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4019				command
4020			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4021			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4022	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4023			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4024	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4025	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4026		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4027		Institutes of Health.
4028	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4029		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4030	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4031	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4032		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4033	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4034	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4035		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4036	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4037		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4038	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4039		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4040		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4041	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4042		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4043		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4044	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4045	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4046		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4047		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4048	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4049		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4050		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4051		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4052		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4053	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4054		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4055		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4056		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4057		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4058		timeout.
4059	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4060		interface address structure when loading the system network
4061		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4062		Nanoteq.
4063	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4064		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4065		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4066		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4067		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4068	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4069		on load average.
4070	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4071		Northern Illinois University.
4072	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4073		envelope splitting has occurred.
4074	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4075		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4076	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4077	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4078		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4079		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4080		Institute.
4081	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4082		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4083		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4084	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4085		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4086		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4087		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4088	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4089		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4090	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4091		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4092	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4093		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4094	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4095		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4096	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4097		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4098		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4099		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4100	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4101		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4102	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4103		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4104	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4105		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4106		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4107		University.
4108	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4109		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4110		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4111	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4112		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4113		ruleset lines as well.
4114	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4115		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4116		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4117		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4118		Institute.
4119	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4120		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4121		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4122	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4123		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4124		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4125		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4126	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4127		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4128		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4129		of Ericsson.
4130	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4131		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4132		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4133		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4134	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4135		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4136		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4137		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4138		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4139	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4140		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4141		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4142		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4143	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4144		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4145		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4146		University.
4147	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4148		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4149		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4150		'sendmail -bs'.
4151	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4152		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4153		them in the .cf file.
4154	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4155		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4156		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4157		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4158	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4159		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4160	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4161		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4162		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4163	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4164		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4165		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4166		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4167		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4168	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4169		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4170	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4171		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4172		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4173	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4174		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4175	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4176		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4177		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4178	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4179		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4180		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4181	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4182		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4183		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4184		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4185	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4186		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4187		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4188		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4189		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4190		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4191	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4192		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4193		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4194		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4195		don't fail on ANY queries.
4196	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4197		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4198		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4199		Northern Illinois University.
4200	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4201		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4202		State University.
4203	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4204		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4205		Northern Illinois University.
4206	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4207		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4208	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4209	Portability:
4210		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4211			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4212			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4213			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4214			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4215		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4216			This allows network interface probing to work
4217			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4218			University of Iowa.
4219		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4220		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4221			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4222			name.
4223		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4224		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4225			Virginia Tech.
4226		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4227		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4228			Amsterdam.
4229		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4230		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4231			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4232		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4233			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4234			in building the operating system.  Users can
4235			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4236			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4237		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4238		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4239		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4240			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4241		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4242			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4243		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4244			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4245		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4246			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4247		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4248			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4249		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4250			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4251			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4252		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4253		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4254			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4255			use that value in conf.h.
4256		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4257			BITart Consulting.
4258		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4259			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4260			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4261			Computer, Inc.
4262		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4263			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4264			of E I A.
4265		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4266			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4267		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4268			fchown(2).
4269		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4270			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4271		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4272			srandomdev(3).
4273		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4274			setlogin(2).
4275		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4276			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4277			Siemens Business Services.
4278		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4279			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4280			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4281		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4282			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4283		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4284			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4285			Aerospace.
4286		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4287			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4288			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4289		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4290			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4291			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4292			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4293			University.
4294		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4295			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4296			Technology Information Network.
4297		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4298			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4299		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4300		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4301			and OpenBSD.
4302		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4303			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4304			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4305			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4306	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4307		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4308		details.
4309	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4310		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4311	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4312	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4313		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4314		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4315	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4316		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4317		Courtesan Consulting.
4318	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4319	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4320		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4321		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4322	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4323		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4324		multiple times.
4325	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4326		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4327		with From:).
4328	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4329		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4330	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4331		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4332		new functionality.
4333	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4334		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4335		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4336		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4337		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4338		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4339		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4340		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4341		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4342		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4343		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4344		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4345		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4346		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4347		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4348		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4349		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4350		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4351		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4352		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4353		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4354		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4355		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4356		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4357	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4358		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4359		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4360	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4361		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4362		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4363		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4364		to "IPC $h".
4365	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4366		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4367		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4368	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4369		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4370		value should be changed with care.
4371	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4372		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4373	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4374		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4375		complain.
4376	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4377		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4378		of Q7 Enterprises.
4379	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4380		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4381		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4382		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4383	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4384		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4385		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4386		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4387		of Northern Illinois University.
4388	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4389		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4390		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4391	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4392		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4393		in it.
4394	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4395		in class 'P' ($=P).
4396	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4397		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4398		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4399		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4400		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4401		is added.
4402	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4403		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4404	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4405		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4406	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4407		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4408	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4409		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4410	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4411		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4412	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4413		Hubert of University of Washington.
4414	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4415		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4416		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4417	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4418	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4419		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4420		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4421	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4422		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4423		Services.
4424	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4425		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4426		Aerospace.
4427	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4428		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4429		University and Brian Candler.
4430	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4431		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4432	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4433		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4434		Institute.
4435	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4436		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4437	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4438		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4439		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4440	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4441		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4442	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4443		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4444		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4445	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4446		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4447		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4448	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4449		converted to <user@d>
4450	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4451		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4452	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4453		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4454		performed.
4455	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4456		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4457		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4458		Institute.
4459	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4460		be accessed by their numbers).
4461	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4462		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4463		of an address.
4464	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4465		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4466		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4467		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4468	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4469		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4470		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4471	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4472		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4473	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4474	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4475		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4476		Institute.
4477	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4478	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4479		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4480		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4481		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4482	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4483		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4484		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4485	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4486		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4487	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4488		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4489	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4490		University of California at Berkeley.
4491	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4492		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4493	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4494		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4495	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4496		Corporation UK.
4497	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4498	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4499		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4500		Yale University.
4501	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4502		be used for building.
4503	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4504		used for a fresh build.
4505	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4506	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4507		ranlib.
4508	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4509		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4510	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4511		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4512		Costales.
4513	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4514		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4515		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4516		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4517	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4518		of Siemens Business Services.
4519	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4520		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4521		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4522		torek.
4523	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4524		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4525		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4526		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4527		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4528	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4529		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4530		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4531		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4532		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4533	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4534		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4535		are in devtools/README.
4536	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4537		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4538	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4539		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4540		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4541		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4542	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4543		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4544		macro.
4545	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4546	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4547		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4548		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4549		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4550		Corporation.
4551	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4552		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4553		confMANROOTMAN.
4554	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4555		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4556		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4557	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4558		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4559		Communications.
4560	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4561		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4562	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4563		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4564		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4565	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4566		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4567		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4568	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4569		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4570		install-strip target.
4571	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4572		the others (if it exists).
4573	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4574		then the default ones.
4575	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4576		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4577		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4578		to set the S flag.
4579	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4580		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4581		Northern Illinois University.
4582	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4583		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4584		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4585	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4586		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4587		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4588		University.
4589	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4590		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4591		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4592		University.
4593	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4594		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4595		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4596		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4597		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4598		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4599		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4600		University.
4601	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4602		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4603		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4604	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4605		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4606		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4607		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4608		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4609		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4610		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4611		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4612		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4613		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4614		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4615	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4616		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4617		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4618	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4619		timeout to avoid starvation.
4620	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4621		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4622		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4623	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4624	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4625		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4626		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4627		of Maryland.
4628	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4629		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4630		sendmail configuration file.
4631	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4632		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4633		option.
4634	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4635		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4636	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4637		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4638	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4639		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4640	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4641		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4642	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4643		Corporation UK.
4644	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4645		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4646		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4647		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4648	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4649		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4650		Institute for Global Communications.
4651	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4652		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4653		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4654	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4655		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4656		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4657	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4658		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4659		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4660	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4661		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4662	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4663	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4664		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4665	Changed Files:
4666		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4667			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4668			which execute the actual Build script in
4669			devtools/bin.
4670		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4671			-mandoc as they were previously.
4672		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4673			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4674			required for Build).
4675	New Directories:
4676		devtools/M4/UNIX
4677		include
4678		libmilter
4679		libsmdb
4680		libsmutil
4681		vacation
4682	Renamed Directories:
4683		BuildTools => devtools
4684		src => sendmail
4685	Deleted Files:
4686		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4687		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4688		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4689		devtools/OS/SINIX
4690		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4691	New Files:
4692		INSTALL
4693		PGPKEYS
4694		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4695		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4696		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4697		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4698		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4699		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4700		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4701		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4702		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4703		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4704		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4705		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4706		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4707		contrib/domainmap.m4
4708		contrib/qtool.8
4709		contrib/qtool.pl
4710		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4711		devtools/M4/list.m4
4712		devtools/M4/string.m4
4713		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4714		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4715		devtools/OS/Darwin
4716		devtools/OS/GNU
4717		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4718		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4719		devtools/OS/m88k
4720		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4721		mail.local/Makefile
4722		mailstats/Makefile
4723		makemap/Makefile
4724		praliases/Makefile
4725		rmail/Makefile
4726		sendmail/Makefile
4727		sendmail/bf.h
4728		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4729		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4730		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4731		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4732		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4733		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4734		sendmail/timers.c
4735		sendmail/timers.h
4736		smrsh/Makefile
4737		vacation/Makefile
4738	Renamed Files:
4739		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4740		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4741		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4742		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4743		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4744		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4745		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4746		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4747		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4748	Copied Files:
4749		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4750
47518.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4752	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4753		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4754		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4755		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4756		Schools" project (IdS).
4757	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4758		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4759		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4760		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4761	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4762		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4763		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4764		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4765	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4766		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4767		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4768		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4769	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4770		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4771	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4772		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4773		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4774		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4775		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4776		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4777	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4778		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4779		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4780		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4781	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4782		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4783		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4784		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4785	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4786		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4787	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4788		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4789		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4790		group of the IETF.
4791	Portability:
4792		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4793			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4794			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4795			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4796			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4797			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4798			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4799			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4800			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4801			Technical University of Denmark.
4802		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4803			Supercomputer Center.
4804		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4805			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4806			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4807			of Stanford University.
4808		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4809			between different releases.  Back out the
4810			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4811			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4812			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4813			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4814		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4815			of Siemens/SNI.
4816		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4817	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4818		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4819		University of Brno.
4820	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4821		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4822		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4823	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4824		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4825		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4826	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4827		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4828	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4829		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4830		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4831	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4832		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4833		MIDS Europe.
4834	New Files:
4835		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4836		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4837		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4838
48398.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4840	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4841		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4842		for a denial of service attack.
4843	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4844		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4845	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4846		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4847		Corporation UK.
4848	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4849		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4850	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4851		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4852	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4853		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4854		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4855		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4856		Internet Services.
4857	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4858		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4859		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4860		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4861	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4862		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4863		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4864	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4865		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4866	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4867		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4868		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4869	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4870		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4871		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4872	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4873		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4874		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4875		Internet Services.
4876	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4877		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4878		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4879	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4880		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4881		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4882		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4883		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4884		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4885		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4886		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4887		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4888		extended testing.
4889	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4890		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4891	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4892		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4893		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4894		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4895	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4896		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4897		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4898		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4899		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4900	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4901		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4902		Network.
4903	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4904		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4905	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4906		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4907		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4908		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4909		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4910	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4911		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4912		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4913	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4914		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4915	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4916		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4917		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4918		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4919		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4920	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4921		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4922		Meteorological Institute.
4923	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4924	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4925		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4926	Portability:
4927		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4928		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4929			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4930			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4931		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4932			reading network interface addresses into
4933			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4934			Cal State University, Chico.
4935		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4936			from changing the semantics of the compiled
4937			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
4938			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4939		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
4940			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4941		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4942		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
4943			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4944		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4945		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4946			of Sun Microsystems.
4947		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
4948			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4949		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
4950			of Bits Co., Ltd.
4951		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
4952			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4953		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
4954			of E I A.
4955		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4956			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4957			Information Center.
4958		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4959			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4960			Institute.
4961		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
4962			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4963	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4964		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
4965		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4966	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4967		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4968		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
4969		Manawatu Internet Services.
4970	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4971		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4972		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
4973		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4974		of Northern Illinois University.
4975	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
4976		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4977		Kiel.
4978	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4979		Dot Com.
4980	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
4981		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4982		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4983	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4984		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4985		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4986		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4987		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4988		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4989	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4990		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4991	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
4992		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4993	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
4994		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4995	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4996		the envelope From header.
4997	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4998		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4999	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5000		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5001	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5002		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5003		Portal Services, Inc.
5004	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5005		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5006		Sun Microsystems.
5007	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5008	New Files:
5009		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5010		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5011		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5012		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5013		src/control.c
5014
50158.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5016	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5017		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5018		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5019		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5020	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5021		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5022		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5023		Meteorological Institute.
5024	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5025		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5026		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5027	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5028		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5029		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5030		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5031	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5032		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5033	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5034		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5035	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5036		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5037		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5038	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5039		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5040		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5041		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5042	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5043		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5044		Flextech TV.
5045	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5046		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5047		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5048	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5049		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5050		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5051		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5052	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5053		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5054	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5055		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5056	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5057		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5058		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5059	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5060		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5061		University.
5062	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5063		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5064		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5065		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5066		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5067		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5068	Portability:
5069		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5070			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5071			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5072			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5073		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5074			of BSDI.
5075		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5076			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5077			PICT Inc.
5078		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5079			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5080		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5081			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5082	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5083		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5084		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5085		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5086	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5087		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5088		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5089	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5090		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5091		would not accept @@hostname.
5092	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5093		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5094	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5095		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5096		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5097	New Files:
5098		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5099
51008.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5101	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5102		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5103		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5104		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5105		which need the ability to override security can use the
5106		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5107		information.
5108	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5109		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5110		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5111		world writable directories.
5112	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5113		it is in a world writable directory.
5114	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5115		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5116		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5117		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5118		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5119	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5120		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5121		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5122	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5123		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5124		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5125		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5126		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5127		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5128		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5129		default.
5130	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5131		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5132		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5133		the University of Maryland.
5134	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5135		of Cal State University, Chico.
5136	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5137		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5138		current version of Berkeley DB.
5139	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5140		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5141	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5142		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5143		of Maryland.
5144	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5145		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5146		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5147		Microsystems.
5148	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5149		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5150		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5151		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5152	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5153		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5154	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5155		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5156		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5157		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5158	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5159		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5160		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5161		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5162		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5163	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5164		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5165		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5166		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5167	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5168		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5169		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5170	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5171		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5172		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5173	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5174		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5175		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5176		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5177		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5178		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5179		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5180		relaying entirely.
5181	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5182		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5183		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5184		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5185	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5186		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5187		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5188		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5189	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5190		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5191		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5192		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5193		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5194	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5195		sender for those failures.
5196	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5197		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5198		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5199		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5200		of Ericsson.
5201	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5202		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5203		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5204		of Procter & Gamble.
5205	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5206		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5207		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5208		of Procter & Gamble.
5209	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5210		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5211		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5212		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5213		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5214			Safe
5215			AssumeSafeChown
5216			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5217			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5218			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5219			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5220			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5221			GroupWritableAliasFile
5222			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5223			WorldWritableAliasFile
5224			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5225			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5226			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5227			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5228			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5229			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5230			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5231			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5232			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5233			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5234			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5235			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5236			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5237			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5238			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5239			WriteMapToHardLink
5240			WriteMapToSymLink
5241			WriteStatsToHardLink
5242			WriteStatsToSymLink
5243			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5244			RunWritableProgram
5245	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5246		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5247		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5248		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5249		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5250	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5251		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5252	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5253		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5254	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5255	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5256		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5257		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5258		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5259		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5260	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5261		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5262		contrast to the success case).
5263	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5264		of the form:
5265			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5266		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5267		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5268		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5269	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5270		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5271		headers.
5272	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5273		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5274		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5275		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5276	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5277		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5278		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5279		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5280		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5281		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5282	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5283		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5284		remote identity can be queried.
5285	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5286		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5287		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5288		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5289	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5290		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5291		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5292		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5293	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5294		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5295		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5296		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5297	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5298		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5299		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5300		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5301		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5302		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5303	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5304		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5305		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5306		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5307		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5308		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5309		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5310	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5311		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5312		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5313	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5314	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5315		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5316	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5317		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5318	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5319		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5320		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5321		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5322	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5323		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5324		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5325		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5326	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5327		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5328		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5329	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5330		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5331		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5332		Institute.
5333	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5334		mail.local.
5335	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5336		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5337		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5338	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5339		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5340		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5341	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5342		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5343		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5344	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5345		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5346	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5347		mailstats command.
5348	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5349		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5350		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5351	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5352		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5353		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5354		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5355	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5356		Ericsson.
5357	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5358		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5359		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5360		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5361	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5362		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5363		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5364		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5365		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5366	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5367		currently supported version.
5368	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5369		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5370	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5371		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5372		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5373		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5374	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5375		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5376		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5377		message in error bounces.
5378	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5379		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5380		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5381	Portability:
5382		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5383			of Kyoto University.
5384		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5385			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5386			Maryland.
5387		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5388		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5389			in Finland.
5390		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5391			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5392			the University of Maryland.
5393		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5394			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5395		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5396			Meteorological Institute.
5397		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5398			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5399		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5400		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5401		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5402		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5403			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5404			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5405			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5406			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5407		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5408			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5409		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5410			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5411			Microsystems.
5412	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5413	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5414		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5415		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5416	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5417		directory for certain programs.
5418	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5419		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5420		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5421		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5422		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5423	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5424		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5425		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5426		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5427	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5428		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5429		the user to setup different .forward files for
5430		user+detail addressing.
5431	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5432		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5433		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5434	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5435		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5436		outside your domain).
5437	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5438		any site to any site.
5439	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5440		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5441	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5442		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5443	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5444		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5445		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5446		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5447		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5448	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5449		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5450	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5451		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5452	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5453		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5454		host names only.
5455	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5456		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5457		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5458		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5459		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5460		needed for most installations.
5461	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5462		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5463		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5464		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5465		the University of Maryland.
5466	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5467		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5468		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5469	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5470		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5471		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5472	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5473		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5474	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5475		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5476	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5477		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5478		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5479		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5480		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5481	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5482		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5483		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5484		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5485		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5486		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5487		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5488	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5489		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5490	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5491		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5492		above for more information.
5493	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5494		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5495		Meteorological Institute.
5496	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5497		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5498		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5499		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5500		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5501	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5502		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5503	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5504		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5505		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5506		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5507	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5508		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5509		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5510		CMU (now of Netscape).
5511	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5512		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5513		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5514		read mail.local/README.
5515	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5516		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5517		University of Maryland.
5518	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5519		University, Chico.
5520	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5521		Meteorological Institute.
5522	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5523		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5524		University of Maryland.
5525	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5526		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5527	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5528	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5529	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5530		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5531		Braunschweig.
5532	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5533		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5534		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5535	Changed Files:
5536		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5537			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5538		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5539	New Files:
5540		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5541		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5542		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5543		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5544		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5545		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5546		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5547		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5548		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5549		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5550		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5551		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5552		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5553		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5554		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5555		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5556		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5557		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5558		BuildTools/README
5559		BuildTools/Site/README
5560		BuildTools/bin/Build
5561		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5562		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5563		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5564		Makefile
5565		cf/cf/Build
5566		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5567		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5568		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5569		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5570		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5571		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5572		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5573		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5574		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5575		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5576		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5577		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5578		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5579		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5580		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5581		mail.local/Build
5582		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5583		mail.local/README
5584		mailstats/Build
5585		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5586		makemap/Build
5587		makemap/Makefile.m4
5588		praliases/Build
5589		praliases/Makefile.m4
5590		rmail/Build
5591		rmail/Makefile.m4
5592		rmail/rmail.0
5593		smrsh/Build
5594		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5595		src/Build
5596		src/Makefile.m4
5597		src/snprintf.c
5598	Deleted Files:
5599		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5600		mail.local/Makefile
5601		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5602		mailstats/Makefile
5603		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5604		makemap/Makefile
5605		makemap/Makefile.dist
5606		praliases/Makefile
5607		praliases/Makefile.dist
5608		rmail/Makefile
5609		smrsh/Makefile
5610		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5611		src/Makefile
5612		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5613		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5614			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5615		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5616	Renamed Files:
5617		READ_ME => README
5618		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5619		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5620		src/READ_ME => src/README
5621
56228.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5623	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5624		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5625		Meteorological Institute.
5626	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5627		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5628		Arseneault of SRI International.
5629	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5630		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5631		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5632	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5633		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5634	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5635		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5636		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5637		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5638	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5639		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5640		River Systems.
5641	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5642		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5643		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5644		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5645		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5646	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5647		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5648		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5649		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5650		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5651	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5652		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5653		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5654		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5655	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5656	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5657		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5658	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5659		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5660		results during a single message processing (but would
5661		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5662		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5663	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5664		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5665		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5666	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5667		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5668		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5669		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5670	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5671		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5672		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5673		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5674	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5675		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5676		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5677		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5678		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5679		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5680		Associates.
5681	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5682		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5683		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5684		could cause confusing error messages.
5685	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5686		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5687		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5688		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5689		SuperNet, Inc.
5690	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5691		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5692	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5693		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5694		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5695	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5696		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5697		dropped.
5698	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5699		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5700		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5701	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5702		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5703		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5704	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5705		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5706		Institute.
5707	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5708		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5709		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5710		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5711	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5712		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5713		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5714	Minor lint fixes.
5715	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5716		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5717		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5718		of Stanford University.
5719	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5720		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5721		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5722	Portability:
5723		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5724			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5725			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5726			Electronic Data Systems.
5727		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5728			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5729		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5730		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5731			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5732			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5733			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5734			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5735			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5736			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5737		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5738			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5739			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5740			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5741		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5742			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5743		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5744			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5745		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5746			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5747			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5748			Services.
5749		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5750			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5751		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5752			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5753			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5754		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5755			Services VAS.
5756	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5757	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5758	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5759			Ericsson.
5760
57618.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5762	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5763		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5764		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5765		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5766		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5767		GmbH.
5768	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5769		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5770		of Technology, Stockholm.
5771	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5772		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5773		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5774		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5775		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5776	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5777		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5778		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5779		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5780	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5781		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5782		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5783		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5784	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5785		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5786		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5787		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5788	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5789	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5790		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5791		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5792	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5793		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5794		have to assume that the information is good.
5795	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5796		open or locked.
5797	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5798	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5799		errors during testing.
5800	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5801		printed in the error message.
5802	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5803		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5804	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5805		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5806		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5807	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5808		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5809		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5810	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5811		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5812		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5813		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5814		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5815		Results Computing.
5816	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5817		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5818		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5819		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5820		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5821	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5822		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5823		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5824		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5825		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5826		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5827		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5828		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5829		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5830		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5831		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5832		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5833		simultaneously.
5834	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5835		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5836	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5837		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5838		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5839	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5840		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5841		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5842		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5843	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5844		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5845		CSU Chico.
5846	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5847		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5848		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5849		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5850	Portability:
5851		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5852			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5853			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5854			be used instead.
5855		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5856			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5857		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5858		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5859		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5860			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5861		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5862			in Makefiles.
5863		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5864			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5865		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5866			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5867			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5868			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5869			NCR Corp.
5870		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5871			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5872		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5873			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5874			Resource Network
5875		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5876			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5877			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5878			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5879			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5880			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5881		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5882			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5883			Corp.
5884		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5885			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5886			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5887		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5888			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5889		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5890			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5891			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5892			PlainTalk.
5893	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5894		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5895		by Harry Styron.
5896	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5897		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5898	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5899	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5900		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5901		changed after open".
5902	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5903		files.
5904	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5905	NEW FILES:
5906		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5907		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5908		test/t_exclopen.c
5909		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5910	DELETED FILES:
5911		Makefile
5912
59138.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5914	    *************************************************************
5915	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5916	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5917	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5918	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5919	    *************************************************************
5920	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5921		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5922		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5923		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5924		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5925		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5926		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5927		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5928		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5929		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5930		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5931		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5932		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5933		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5934		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5935		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5936	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5937		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5938		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5939		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5940		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5941		another database; this can be used either to expose
5942		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5943		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5944		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
5945		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5946		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5947		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5948		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
5949		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5950		system directories.
5951	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5952		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5953		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
5954		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
5955		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5956		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5957		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5958	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5959		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5960		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5961		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5962		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5963		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5964		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5965		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5966		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5967		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5968		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5969		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5970		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5971		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
5972		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5973		NFS-mounted filesystems.
5974	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5975		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5976		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5977		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5978		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
5979		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5980	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5981		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
5982		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5983	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5984		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5985		same host).
5986	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5987		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
5988		from Theo de Raadt.
5989	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5990		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
5991		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5992	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5993		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5994		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5995	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5996		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
5997		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5998	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5999		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6000		Microsystems.
6001	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6002		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6003		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6004	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6005		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6006	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6007		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6008		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6009	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6010		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6011		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6012	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6013		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6014		Shapiro.
6015	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6016		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6017		Sun Microsystems.
6018	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6019		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6020		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6021		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6022		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6023		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6024	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6025		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6026		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6027		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6028		Mercury Mail.
6029	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6030		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6031		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6032		Morgan Stanley.
6033	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6034		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6035		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6036		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6037	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6038		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6039		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6040		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6041		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6042		not be run.
6043	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6044		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6045		printing.
6046	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6047		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6048		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6049	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6050		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6051	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6052	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6053		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6054		erroneous results during a single message processing
6055		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6056	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6057		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6058		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6059		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6060		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6061		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6062		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6063	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6064		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6065		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6066		address as "may be forged".
6067	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6068		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6069		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6070	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6071		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6072		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6073		of TwinCom.
6074	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6075		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6076		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6077		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6078	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6079		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6080		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6081	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6082		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6083		Institute.
6084	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6085		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6086		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6087		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6088		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6089		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6090		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6091		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6092	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6093		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6094		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6095		book (2nd edition).
6096	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6097		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6098		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6099		John Beck of SunSoft.
6100	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6101		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6102		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6103	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6104		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6105	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6106		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6107	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6108		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6109	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6110		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6111		returns.
6112	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6113		on some architectures.
6114	Portability:
6115		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6116		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6117			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6118			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6119			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6120			of Washington.
6121		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6122			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6123			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6124		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6125		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6126		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6127		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6128			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6129			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6130			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6131		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6132		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6133			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6134			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6135			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6136			Cambridge.
6137		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6138			Kari Hurtta.
6139		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6140			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6141			IRIX Makefile).
6142		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6143			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6144	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6145		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6146		Brian Candler.
6147	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6148		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6149		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6150	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6151		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6152		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6153	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6154		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6155		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6156	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6157		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6158		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6159	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6160		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6161		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6162	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6163		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6164		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6165		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6166		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6167	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6168		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6169		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6170		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6171	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6172		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6173		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6174	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6175	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6176		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6177		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6178		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6179		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6180	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6181		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6182		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6183		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6184		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6185		developers).
6186	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6187		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6188		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6189	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6190		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6191		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6192		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6193	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6194		NEXTSTEP.
6195	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6196		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6197		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6198		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6199		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6200	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6201		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6202		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6203		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6204		for system accounts.
6205	NEW FILES:
6206		src/safefile.c
6207		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6208		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6209		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6210		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6211		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6212	RENAMED FILES:
6213		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6214		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6215
62168.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6217	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6218		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6219		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6220	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6221		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6222		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6223	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6224		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6225		University of Pennsylvania.
6226	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6227		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6228		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6229		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6230		was unnecessarily awful.
6231	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6232		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6233		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6234	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6235		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6236		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6237		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6238		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6239		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6240	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6241		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6242	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6243		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6244		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6245	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6246		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6247		Semiconductor Corp.
6248	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6249		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6250		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6251		at Austin.
6252	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6253		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6254		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6255		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6256		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6257	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6258		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6259		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6260		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6261		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6262	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6263		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6264		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6265		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6266		Costales.
6267	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6268		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6269		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6270		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6271		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6272	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6273		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6274		The current values and defaults are:
6275		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6276		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6277		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6278		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6279		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6280	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6281		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6282		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6283	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6284		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6285	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6286		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6287		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6288		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6289		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6290		Eric Hagberg.
6291	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6292		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6293		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6294		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6295	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6296		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6297		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6298		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6299	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6300		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6301		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6302		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6303		Communications.
6304	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6305		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6306		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6307		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6308	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6309		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6310	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6311		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6312	PORTABILITY:
6313		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6314			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6315		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6316			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6317		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6318		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6319			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6320			(Moscow).
6321		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6322		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6323		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6324		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6325		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6326			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6327	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6328		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6329		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6330		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6331		Received: line.
6332	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6333		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6334		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6335		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6336		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6337		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6338	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6339		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6340		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6341		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6342		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6343		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6344		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6345		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6346		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6347		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6348	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6349		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6350		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6351		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6352		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6353	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6354		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6355		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6356	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6357		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6358		Long Beach.
6359
63608.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6361	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6362		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6363		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6364		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6365		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6366		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6367		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6368	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6369		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6370		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6371		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6372		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6373		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6374		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6375		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6376		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6377	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6378		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6379		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6380	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6381		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6382		Problem noted by several people.
6383	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6384		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6385		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6386		by several people.
6387	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6388		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6389	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6390		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6391		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6392		of Best Internet Communications.
6393	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6394		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6395	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6396		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6397		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6398		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6399		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6400	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6401		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6402	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6403		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6404	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6405		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6406	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6407		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6408		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6409		by Roy Mongiovi.
6410	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6411		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6412	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6413		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6414		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6415		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6416		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6417	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6418		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6419		of Kyoto University.
6420	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6421		conditions from Don Lewis.
6422	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6423		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6424		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6425		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6426		patch from Bryan Costales.
6427	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6428		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6429			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6430			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6431			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6432			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6433		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6434			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6435		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6436			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6437		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6438			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6439			of Tokyo.
6440		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6441			Services, Inc.
6442		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6443			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6444			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6445			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6446		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6447			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6448	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6449		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6450	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6451		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6452	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6453		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6454		of NTT Software Corporation.
6455	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6456	NEW FILES:
6457		contrib/etrn.pl
6458
64598.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6460	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6461		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6462		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6463		best-of-security list.
6464	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6465		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6466		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6467		the wrong binary.
6468	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6469		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6470		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6471		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6472		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6473	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6474		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6475		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6476		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6477	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6478		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6479	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6480		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6481		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6482		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6483		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6484		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6485		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6486		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6487		Eric Wassenaar.
6488	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6489		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6490		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6491		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6492		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6493		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6494		UUNET.
6495	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6496		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6497		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6498		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6499		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6500	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6501		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6502		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6503		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6504	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6505		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6506	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6507		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6508		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6509		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6510	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6511		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6512		University of Linkoping.
6513	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6514		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6515		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6516	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6517		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6518		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6519		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6520		other end.
6521	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6522		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6523		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6524	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6525		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6526		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6527		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6528	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6529		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6530			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6531			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6532			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6533		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6534			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6535		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6536			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6537		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6538			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6539			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6540			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6541		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6542			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6543			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6544			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6545			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6546			Earickson of Colby College.
6547		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6548			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6549			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6550			Kari Hurtta.
6551	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6552		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6553		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6554	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6555		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6556		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6557		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6558	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6559		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6560		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6561		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6562		University of Washington, Seattle.
6563	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6564		Polytechnic Institute.
6565	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6566		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6567	NEW FILES:
6568		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6569		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6570		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6571
65728.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6573	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6574		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6575	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6576		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6577			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6578			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6579	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6580		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6581	CONFIG: no changes.
6582
65838.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6584	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6585		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6586		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6587	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6588		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6589		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6590		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6591		of WPI.
6592	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6593		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6594		Kyoto University.
6595	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6596		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6597		on illegal host names.
6598	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6599		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6600		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6601	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6602		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6603		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6604	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6605		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6606		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6607	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6608		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6609		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6610	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6611		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6612		University of Leicester.
6613	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6614		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6615		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6616		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6617		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6618		University of Washington.
6619	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6620		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6621			people pointed this out.
6622		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6623		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6624			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6625	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6626		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6627	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6628		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6629		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6630		Softec.
6631	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6632		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6633	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6634		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6635
66368.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6637	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6638		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6639	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6640		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6641		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6642	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6643		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6644		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6645		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6646	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6647		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6648		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6649		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6650		NSC (Japan).
6651	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6652		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6653		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6654	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6655		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6656		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6657		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6658	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6659		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6660		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6661		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6662		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6663		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6664		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6665		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6666	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6667		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6668	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6669		printout.
6670	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6671	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6672		square braces.
6673	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6674		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6675		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6676	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6677		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6678		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6679		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6680	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6681		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6682		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6683		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6684	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6685		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6686		Dandelion Digital.
6687	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6688		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6689	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6690		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6691		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6692	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6693		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6694		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6695	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6696		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6697	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6698		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6699		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6700		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6701		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6702	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6703		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6704	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6705		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6706		mailers.
6707	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6708		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6709		Myers of CMU.
6710	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6711		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6712		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6713		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6714		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6715		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6716	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6717		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6718		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6719		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6720		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6721		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6722		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6723		parameter.
6724	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6725		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6726		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6727		University of Maryland.
6728	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6729		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6730	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6731		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6732		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6733	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6734		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6735		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6736		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6737		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6738		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6739		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6740	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6741		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6742		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6743		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6744		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6745	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6746		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6747		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6748		section 5.2.5.
6749	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6750		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6751		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6752		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6753		is for incoming connections only.
6754	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6755		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6756		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6757		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6758		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6759		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6760		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6761		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6762	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6763		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6764		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6765		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6766		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6767		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6768		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6769		that take a very long time to run.
6770	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6771		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6772		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6773	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6774		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6775		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6776	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6777		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6778		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6779	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6780		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6781		Costales.
6782	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6783		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6784		Technologies, Inc.
6785	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6786		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6787		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6788	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6789		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6790		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6791		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6792		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6793		different for this case.
6794	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6795		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6796		of Stanford University.
6797	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6798		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6799		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6800		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6801	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6802		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6803		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6804	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6805		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6806		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6807	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6808		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6809		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6810		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6811	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6812		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6813		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6814		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6815		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6816		Pasteur Institute.
6817	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6818		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6819		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6820		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6821	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6822		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6823		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6824		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6825		canonification.
6826	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6827		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6828		mailers.
6829	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6830		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6831		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6832		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6833		either of these in their configuration file.
6834	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6835		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6836		St. Peter's College.
6837	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6838		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6839	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6840		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6841	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6842		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6843	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6844		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6845		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6846		Costales.
6847	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6848		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6849		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6850		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6851		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6852		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6853		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6854		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6855		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6856		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6857		in rulesets.
6858	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6859		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6860		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6861		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6862		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6863		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6864		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6865		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6866	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6867		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6868		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6869		on that basis.
6870	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6871		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6872	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6873		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6874		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6875		Vixie.
6876	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6877		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6878		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6879		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6880	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6881		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6882		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6883		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6884		two characters $, +.
6885	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6886		debug_dumpstate.
6887	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6888		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6889		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6890		valid recipients.
6891	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6892		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6893		noted by Tom May.
6894	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6895		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6896		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6897		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6898	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6899		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6900		Computing Corporation.
6901	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6902		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6903		Internet Communications.
6904	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6905		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6906		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6907		of Lysator.
6908	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6909		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6910		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6911		of the University of Iceland.
6912	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6913		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6914		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6915		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6916		this change is a no-op.
6917	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6918		Costales.
6919	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6920		Bryan Costales.
6921	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6922		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6923	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6924		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6925	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6926		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6927	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6928		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6929		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6930		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6931	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6932		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6933		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6934		Jones of UUNET.
6935	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6936		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
6937		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6938	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6939		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6940		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
6941		easily determine what messages are to their role as
6942		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
6943		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6944	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6945		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
6946		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6947		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6948		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6949		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
6950		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6951		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
6952		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6953		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
6954		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
6955		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6956	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6957		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
6958		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
6959		of Stanford University.
6960	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6961		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
6962		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6963		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6964		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6965		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6966		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6967	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6968		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6969		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6970		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
6971		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
6972		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6973	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
6974		Motonori Nakamura.
6975	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6976		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6977		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
6978		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6979	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
6980		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6981		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
6982		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
6983		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
6984		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
6985		value is ".hoststat".
6986		There are also two new operation modes:
6987		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6988		    connections.
6989		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
6990		    recent status information.
6991		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6992		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6993		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6994		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6995		framework is gratefully appreciated.
6996	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6997		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6998		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6999		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7000		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7001		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7002		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7003		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7004		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7005		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7006		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7007	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7008		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7009		Costales.
7010	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7011		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7012	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7013		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7014		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7015		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7016	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7017		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7018		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7019		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7020		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7021		Webmasters.
7022	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7023		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7024		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7025		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7026		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7027	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7028		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7029		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7030		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7031		of Washington, Seattle.
7032	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7033		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7034		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7035		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7036		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7037		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7038	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7039		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7040		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7041		Nakamura.
7042	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7043		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7044		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7045		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7046		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7047		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7048		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7049		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7050		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7051		well constrained.
7052	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7053		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7054		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7055		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7056		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7057	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7058		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7059		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7060		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7061		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7062		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7063	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7064		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7065		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7066	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7067		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7068		Wolfhugel.
7069	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7070		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7071	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7072		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7073		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7074	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7075		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7076	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7077		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7078		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7079		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7080		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7081	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7082		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7083		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7084		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7085	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7086		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7087		National University of Singapore.
7088	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7089		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7090		system can't cope with.
7091	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7092		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7093			Atlas International.
7094		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7095			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7096		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7097			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7098			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7099			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7100			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7101			Bernstein and Associates.
7102		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7103			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7104			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7105		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7106			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7107		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7108			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7109			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7110		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7111			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7112		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7113			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7114		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7115		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7116		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7117			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7118			Institute.
7119		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7120			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7121		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7122		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7123			Employment Standards Administration.
7124		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7125		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7126			Jr.
7127		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7128			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7129		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7130			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7131		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7132		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7133		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7134		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7135			of the University of Arizona.
7136		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7137			Vanderbilt University.
7138		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7139			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7140			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7141			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7142	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7143		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7144	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7145		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7146		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7147		Foundation.
7148	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7149	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7150		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7151		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7152		Myers of CMU.
7153	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7154		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7155		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7156	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7157		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7158		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7159		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7160		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7161		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7162		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7163		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7164	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7165		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7166		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7167		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7168		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7169		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7170		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7171	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7172		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7173		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7174		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7175			info@foo.com	foo-info
7176			info@bar.com	bar-info
7177			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7178		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7179		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7180		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7181		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7182		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7183		a great many people.
7184	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7185		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7186	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7187		"fax" mailer.
7188	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7189		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7190		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7191		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7192		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7193		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7194	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7195		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7196		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7197		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7198		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7199	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7200		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7201		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7202		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7203		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7204		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7205	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7206		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7207		of WPI.
7208	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7209		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7210		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7211	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7212		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7213		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7214	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7215		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7216		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7217		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7218	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7219	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7220		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7221		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7222		by Andreas Luik.
7223	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7224		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7225		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7226	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7227		Wolfhugel.
7228	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7229	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7230		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7231		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7232		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7233		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7234		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7235		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7236	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7237		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7238		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7239		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7240		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7241	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7242		Costales.
7243	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7244	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7245		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7246	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7247	NEW FILES:
7248		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7249		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7250		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7251		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7252		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7253		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7254		mailstats/mailstats.8
7255		praliases/praliases.8
7256		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7257		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7258		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7259		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7260		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7261		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7262		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7263		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7264		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7265		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7266		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7267	DELETED FILES:
7268		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7269		contrib/xla/README
7270		contrib/xla/xla.c
7271	RENAMED FILES:
7272		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7273		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7274		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7275		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7276		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7277
72788.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7279	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7280		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7281		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7282		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7283		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7284	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7285		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7286		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7287
72888.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7289	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7290		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7291		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7292		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7293		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7294		and others.
7295
72968.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7297	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7298		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7299		any user (except root).
7300	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7301		version number is unchanged.
7302
73038.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7304	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7305		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7306		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7307	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7308		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7309		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7310		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7311	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7312		Costales.
7313	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7314		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7315		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7316			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7317			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7318			Stanford University.
7319	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7320		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7321
73228.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7323	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7324		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7325		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7326	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7327		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7328		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7329		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7330		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7331		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7332		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7333	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7334		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7335		by Kari Hurtta.
7336	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7337		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7338		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7339		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7340		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7341		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7342		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7343		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7344		bounces when it should have requeued.
7345	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7346		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7347		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7348		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7349	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7350		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7351		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7352		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7353		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7354		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7355		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7356		Infobiogen.
7357	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7358		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7359		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7360		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7361		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7362	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7363		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7364	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7365		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7366		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7367	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7368		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7369		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7370	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7371		underscores.
7372	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7373		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7374		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7375	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7376		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7377		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7378		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7379	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7380		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7381		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7382		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7383		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7384	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7385		Costales of ICSI.
7386	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7387		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7388		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7389	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7390		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7391		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7392		Technological University.
7393	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7394		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7395		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7396		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7397	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7398		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7399	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7400		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7401	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7402		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7403		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7404		Inc.
7405	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7406		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7407		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7408	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7409		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7410		University.
7411	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7412		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7413		Association for Progressive Communications.
7414	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7415		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7416		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7417		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7418		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7419		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7420		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7421		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7422	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7423		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7424		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7425		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7426	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7427		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7428		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7429		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7430		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7431		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7432	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7433		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7434			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7435			James B. Davis of TCI.
7436		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7437			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7438		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7439			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7440			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7441			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7442			isn't supported on all compilers.
7443		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7444	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7445		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7446	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7447		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7448	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7449		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7450		(France).
7451	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7452		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7453	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7454		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7455		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7456	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7457		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7458		for different files.
7459	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7460		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7461		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7462	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7463		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7464		changes).
7465
74668.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7467	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7468		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7469		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7470		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7471	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7472		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7473		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7474		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7475		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7476		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7477	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7478		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7479		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7480		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7481		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7482		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7483		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7484		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7485		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7486		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7487	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7488		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7489		results.  This could have security implications.
7490	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7491		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7492		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7493	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7494		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7495		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7496		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7497		Elz.
7498	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7499		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7500	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7501		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7502		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7503		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7504		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7505		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7506		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7507		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7508		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7509		domain names are your friends.
7510	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7511		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7512	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7513		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7514	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7515		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7516		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7517		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7518		of TerraNet.
7519	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7520		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7521		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7522		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7523		of WPI.
7524	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7525		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7526			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7527			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7528			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7529			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7530		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7531			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7532		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7533		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7534		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7535			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7536	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7537		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7538		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7539	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7540		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7541		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7542	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7543		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7544		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7545		Infobiogen (France).
7546	NEW FILES:
7547		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7548		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7549		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7550
75518.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7552	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7553		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7554		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7555		Global Communications.
7556	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7557		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7558	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7559		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7560		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7561		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7562		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7563	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7564		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7565		can be confusing.
7566	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7567		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7568	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7569		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7570	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7571		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7572		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7573		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7574		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7575		Maryland.
7576	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7577		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7578		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7579		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7580		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7581	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7582		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7583		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7584		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7585		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7586	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7587		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7588	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7589		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7590		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7591		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7592	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7593		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7594		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7595		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7596		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7597		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7598		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7599		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7600		Swarthmore University.
7601	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7602		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7603		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7604		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7605			ruleset.
7606		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7607		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7608			-d debug flag.
7609		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7610		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7611		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7612		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7613			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7614			and the parsed address.
7615		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7616			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7617		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7618			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7619			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7620			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7621			recipients.
7622		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7623			return the result.
7624		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7625			`mapname' and return the result.
7626	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7627		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7628	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7629		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7630		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7631		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7632		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7633		that functionality.
7634	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7635		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7636		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7637		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7638		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7639		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7640	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7641		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7642		of Michigan Technological University.
7643	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7644		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7645		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7646		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7647		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7648		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7649		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7650		or not.
7651	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7652		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7653		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7654		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7655		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7656		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7657		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7658	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7659		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7660		should have minimal impact on external function.
7661	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7662		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7663			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7664		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7665			7	SevenBitInput
7666			8	EightBitMode
7667			A	AliasFile
7668			a	AliasWait
7669			B	BlankSub
7670			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7671			C	CheckpointInterval
7672			c	HoldExpensive
7673			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7674			d	DeliveryMode
7675			E	ErrorHeader
7676			e	ErrorMode
7677			f	SaveFromLine
7678			F	TempFileMode
7679			G	MatchGECOS
7680			H	HelpFile
7681			h	MaxHopCount
7682			i	IgnoreDots
7683			I	ResolverOptions
7684			J	ForwardPath
7685			j	SendMimeErrors
7686			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7687			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7688			L	LogLevel
7689			l	UseErrorsTo
7690			m	MeToo
7691			n	CheckAliases
7692			O	DaemonPortOptions
7693			o	OldStyleHeaders
7694			P	PostmasterCopy
7695			p	PrivacyOptions
7696			Q	QueueDirectory
7697			q	QueueFactor
7698			R	DontPruneRoutes
7699			r, T	Timeout
7700			S	StatusFile
7701			s	SuperSafe
7702			t	TimeZoneSpec
7703			u	DefaultUser
7704			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7705			V	FallbackMXHost
7706			v	Verbose
7707			w	TryNullMXList
7708			x	QueueLA
7709			X	RefuseLA
7710			Y	ForkEachJob
7711			y	RecipientFactor
7712			z	ClassFactor
7713			Z	RetryFactor
7714		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7715		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7716			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7717			$l	UnixFromLine
7718			$o	OperatorChars
7719			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7720		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7721		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7722		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7723		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7724	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7725		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7726		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7727		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7728		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7729		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7730		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7731		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7732		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7733		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7734	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7735		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7736		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7737			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7738			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7739		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7740			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7741			recipient mailer flags.
7742		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7743		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7744			delivery.
7745		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7746		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7747		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7748		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7749		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7750		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7751			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7752			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7753			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7754		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7755		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7756		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7757	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7758		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7759		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7760		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7761		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7762		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7763		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7764		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7765		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7766		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7767		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7768		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7769		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7770		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7771		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7772		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7773			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7774			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7775		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7776			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7777		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7778			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7779			flag is ignored.
7780		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7781			the setting of F=8.
7782	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7783		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7784		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7785		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7786	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7787		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7788		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7789		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7790	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7791		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7792		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7793		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7794	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7795		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7796		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7797		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7798		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7799		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7800		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7801		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7802	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7803		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7804		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7805		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7806		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7807		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7808		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7809		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7810		Unicom.
7811	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7812		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7813	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7814		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7815		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7816		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7817		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7818		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7819		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7820		from Chip Rosenthal.
7821	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7822		For example,
7823		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7824		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7825		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7826		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7827		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7828		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7829	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7830		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7831		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7832		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7833		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7834		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7835		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7836		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7837		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7838		contribution was to make it configurable).
7839	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7840		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7841		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7842		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7843		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7844		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7845	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7846		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7847		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7848		I/O redirection.
7849	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7850		can be confusing.
7851	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7852		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7853		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7854	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7855	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7856		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7857		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7858		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7859		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7860		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7861		queue-only.
7862	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7863		:include: and .forward files.
7864	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7865		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7866		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7867		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7868		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7869	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7870		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7871	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7872		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7873		Sun Microsystems.
7874	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7875		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7876		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7877		Hutton of Indiana University.
7878	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7879		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7880		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7881		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7882		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7883		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7884	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7885		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7886		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7887		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7888		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7889		as comments.
7890	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7891		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7892		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7893		are from sysexits.h.
7894	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7895		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7896		    Kmap1 ...
7897		    Kmap2 ...
7898		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7899		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7900		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7901		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7902	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7903		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7904		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7905		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7906		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7907		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7908		    Ksample switch hosts
7909		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7910		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7911		equivalent to
7912		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7913		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7914	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7915		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7916		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7917		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7918		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7919	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7920		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7921		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7922	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7923		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7924		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7925		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7926	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7927		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7928		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7929		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7930		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7931		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7932		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7933		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7934		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7935	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7936		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7937		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7938		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7939		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7940	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7941		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7942		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
7943		an /etc/hosts entry reads
7944		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7945		this change will use the second name as the canonical
7946		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7947	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7948		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7949		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7950		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7951		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
7952		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7953	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7954		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7955		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
7956		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7957		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7958		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
7959		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7960	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7961		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7962		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7963	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7964		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7965		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7966		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7967	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7968		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7969		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7970		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7971		much longer than the specified timeout.
7972	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7973		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7974		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7975		denial-of-service attack.
7976	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7977		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7978		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7979	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
7980		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7981		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7982		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7983		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
7984		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7985		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
7986		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7987		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7988		actually file lookups.
7989	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7990		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7991		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
7992		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7993	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7994		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
7995		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7996		support for them has been removed.
7997	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7998		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7999		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8000	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8001		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8002		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8003		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8004	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8005		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8006		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8007	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8008		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8009		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8010	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8011		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8012		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8013	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8014		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8015		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8016	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8017		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8018		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8019		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8020		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8021		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8022		Microsystems.
8023	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8024		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8025		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8026		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8027		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8028		option can give the network software time to establish
8029		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8030	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8031		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8032		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8033		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8034	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8035		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8036		the National Computer Security Center.
8037	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8038		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8039		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8040		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8041		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8042	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8043		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8044		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8045		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8046		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8047		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8048		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8049		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8050		University Computing Service.
8051	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8052		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8053		the University of Kentucky.
8054	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8055		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8056		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8057	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8058		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8059	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8060		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8061		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8062		Corporation.
8063	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8064		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8065		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8066		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8067	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8068		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8069		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8070		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8071		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8072		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8073		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8074	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8075		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8076		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8077	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8078		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8079		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8080		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8081	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8082		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8083		Communications.
8084	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8085		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8086		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8087		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8088		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8089	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8090		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8091		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8092		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8093		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8094	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8095		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8096	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8097		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8098		on values:
8099		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8100					message will be passed on even
8101					though it is in technically
8102					illegal syntax.
8103		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8104					recipients that it can find from
8105					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8106					Bcc: recipients.
8107		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8108					has almost no redeeming social value,
8109					and is provided only for back
8110					compatibility.
8111		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8112					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8113					which will have the effect of
8114					making the message legal without
8115					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8116		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8117					There is a chance that mailers down
8118					the line will delete this header,
8119					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8120					recipients.
8121		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8122	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8123		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8124		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8125		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8126		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8127	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8128		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8129		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8130		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8131		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8132		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8133		For example, if you run with
8134			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8135		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8136		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8137		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8138		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8139	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8140		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8141			list: member1
8142			list: member2
8143		and an alias file declared as:
8144			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8145		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8146		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8147		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8148	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8149	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8150		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8151		Johannesen.
8152	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8153		to be simpler and more consistent.
8154	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8155		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8156		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8157		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8158	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8159		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8160		This may affect some people who have written their own
8161		checkcompat() routine.
8162	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8163		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8164		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8165	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8166		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8167		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8168		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8169	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8170		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8171		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8172		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8173		Corporation.
8174	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8175		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8176		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8177		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8178		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8179		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8180		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8181		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8182	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8183		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8184		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8185	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8186		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8187		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8188	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8189		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8190		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8191	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8192		the header.
8193	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8194	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8195		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8196		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8197	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8198		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8199		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8200		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8201		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8202		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8203	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8204		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8205		is added between the first and second word of the first
8206		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8207		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8208		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8209		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8210		old sendmails understand.
8211	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8212		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8213	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8214		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8215		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8216		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8217		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8218		data -- for example,
8219		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8220					(romanized/less information)
8221		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8222					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8223					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8224		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8225					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8226		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8227		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8228	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8229		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8230		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8231		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8232		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8233		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8234		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8235	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8236		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8237		increment on the background value).
8238	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8239		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8240		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8241	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8242		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8243		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8244	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8245		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8246		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8247		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8248		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8249	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8250		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8251		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8252		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8253		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8254		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8255		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8256		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8257		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8258	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8259		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8260		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8261		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8262		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8263		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8264		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8265	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8266		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8267		service type is "files".
8268	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8269		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8270		into class "c".
8271	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8272		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8273		contributed by SunSoft.
8274	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8275		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8276		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8277		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8278		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8279		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8280		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8281		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8282		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8283		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8284	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8285		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8286		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8287		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8288	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8289		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8290		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8291		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8292		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8293		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8294		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8295	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8296		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8297	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8298		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8299		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8300	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8301		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8302		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8303		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8304		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8305		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8306		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8307		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8308		flags.
8309	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8310		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8311		Motonori Nakamura.
8312	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8313		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8314		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8315		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8316		of MIT.
8317	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8318		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8319	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8320		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8321		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8322		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8323		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8324		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8325		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8326		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8327		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8328	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8329		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8330		the make.
8331	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8332		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8333		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8334		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8335	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8336		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8337		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8338		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8339		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8340		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8341	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8342		of Sun Microsystems.
8343	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8344		is at least 50% faster.
8345	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8346		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8347		University.
8348	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8349		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8350	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8351		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8352		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8353		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8354	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8355		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8356		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8357	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8358		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8359		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8360		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8361		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8362		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8363	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8364		Carnegie Mellon.
8365	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8366		support.
8367	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8368		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8369		Global Information Solutions.
8370	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8371		From Motonori Nakamura.
8372	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8373		Motonori Nakamura.
8374	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8375		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8376	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8377		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8378		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8379		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8380		James of British Telecom.
8381	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8382		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8383	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8384		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8385		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8386		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8387		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8388		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8389		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8390	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8391		a bad guy can read your private files.
8392	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8393		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8394		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8395			University.  This expands the disk size
8396			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8397		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8398			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8399		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8400			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8401		Linux Makefile typo.
8402		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8403			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8404		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8405			University, Chico.
8406		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8407			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8408			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8409			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8410			This requires adaptation of code that really
8411			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8412			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8413		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8414			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8415		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8416			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8417		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8418			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8419			problems.
8420		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8421			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8422			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8423		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8424			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8425		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8426			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8427		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8428			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8429			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8430			Wemm of DIALix.
8431		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8432			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8433			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8434			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8435			of Ohio State University.
8436		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8437			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8438			University.
8439		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8440			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8441			Mainz.
8442		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8443		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8444			wrong statfs call).
8445		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8446		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8447			University.
8448		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8449		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8450			Rochester Medical Center.
8451		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8452			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8453			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8454			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8455			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8456		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8457			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8458			Division.
8459		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8460			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8461		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8462			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8463		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8464			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8465		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8466		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8467			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8468		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8469		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8470		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8471		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8472		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8473			of Meteo France.
8474		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8475		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8476		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8477		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8478		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8479		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8480		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8481		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8482		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8483		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8484			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8485		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8486			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8487		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8488			of Colorado.
8489		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8490	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8491		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8492		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8493	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8494		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8495		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8496		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8497	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8498		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8499		giving the local administrator more control over what
8500		programs can be run from sendmail.
8501	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8502		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8503		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8504		never will.
8505	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8506		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8507		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8508	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8509		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8510		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8511		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8512		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8513	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8514		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8515	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8516		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8517		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8518		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8519			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8520		or
8521			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8522		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8523		can use:
8524			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8525		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8526		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8527		compatibility.
8528	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8529		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8530	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8531		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8532	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8533		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8534		County.
8535	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8536	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8537		just unqualified ones.
8538	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8539		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8540	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8541		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8542	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8543		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8544		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8545		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8546		centralized hub.
8547	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8548	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8549		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8550		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8551	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8552		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8553		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8554		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8555		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8556	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8557		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8558		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8559	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8560		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8561		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8562		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8563		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8564		but it is a no-op.
8565	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8566		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8567		as User Unknown.
8568	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8569		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8570		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8571		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8572	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8573		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8574		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8575	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8576		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8577		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8578		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8579	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8580		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8581		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8582	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8583	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8584		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8585	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8586		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8587		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8588		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8589	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8590		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8591		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8592		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8593		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8594		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8595		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8596		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8597	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8598		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8599		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8600		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8601		assumed.
8602	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8603		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8604		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8605		Information Systems Agency.
8606	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8607		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8608		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8609	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8610		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8611		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8612		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8613		that really can be used in the real world.
8614	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8615		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8616		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8617	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8618		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8619	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8620		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8621		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8622		by Scott Hutton.
8623	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8624		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8625	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8626		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8627		people.
8628	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8629		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8630	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8631		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8632		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8633	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8634		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8635		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8636	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8637		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8638		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8639		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8640	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8641		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8642		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8643		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8644		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8645		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8646	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8647		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8648		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8649	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8650		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8651		by Kimmo Suominen.
8652	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8653		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8654		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8655	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8656		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8657	NEW FILES:
8658		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8659		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8660		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8661		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8662		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8663		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8664		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8665		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8666		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8667		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8668		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8669		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8670		cf/domain/generic.m4
8671		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8672		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8673		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8674		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8675		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8676		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8677		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8678		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8679		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8680		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8681		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8682		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8683		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8684		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8685		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8686		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8687		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8688		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8689		contrib/bsdi.mc
8690		contrib/mailprio
8691		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8692		mail.local/mail.local.0
8693		makemap/makemap.0
8694		smrsh/README
8695		smrsh/smrsh.0
8696		smrsh/smrsh.8
8697		smrsh/smrsh.c
8698		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8699		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8700		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8701		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8702		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8703		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8704		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8705		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8706		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8707		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8708		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8709		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8710		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8711		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8712		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8713		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8714		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8715		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8716		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8717		src/aliases.0
8718		src/mailq.0
8719		src/mime.c
8720		src/newaliases.0
8721		src/sendmail.0
8722		test/t_seteuid.c
8723	RENAMED FILES:
8724		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8725		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8726		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8727		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8728		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8729		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8730		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8731		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8732		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8733		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8734		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8735		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8736		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8737		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8738		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8739		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8740		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8741		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8742		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8743		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8744		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8745	OBSOLETED FILES:
8746		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8747		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8748		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8749		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8750		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8751		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8752		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8753		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8754		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8755		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8756		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8757		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8758		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8759
87608.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8761	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8762		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8763		any user (except root).
8764	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8765		version number is unchanged.
8766
87678.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8768	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8769		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8770		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8771		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8772		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8773		each other!).
8774	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8775		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8776		than fork().
8777
87788.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8779	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8780		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8781	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8782		message when attempted from IDENT.
8783	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8784		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8785		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8786		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8787	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8788		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8789		partial lines.
8790	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8791		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8792		Rob McMahon.
8793	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8794		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8795		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8796		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8797	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8798		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8799		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8800		Novell Labs Europe.
8801	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8802		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8803		Cal State Chico.
8804	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8805		*Hobbit*.
8806	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8807		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8808	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8809		from Spider Boardman.
8810	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8811		with the binaries).
8812
88138.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8814	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8815		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8816	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8817		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8818		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8819		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8820		implications.
8821	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8822		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8823		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8824		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8825	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8826		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8827		University of Texas.
8828	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8829		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8830		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8831		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8832	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8833		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8834		Data General.
8835	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8836		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8837		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8838	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8839		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8840		with a lot of arguments).
8841	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8842		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8843		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8844		Michigan.
8845	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8846		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8847		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8848		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8849		Thibault.
8850	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8851		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8852		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8853		some of the map code.
8854	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8855		with the binaries).
8856
88578.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8858	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8859		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8860		may have some security implications.
8861	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8862		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8863		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8864	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8865		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8866	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8867		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8868	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8869	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8870		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8871		option.
8872	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8873		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8874		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8875		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8876		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8877		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8878		Rochester.
8879	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8880		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8881		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8882	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8883		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8884		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8885	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8886		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8887		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8888	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8889		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8890		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8891		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8892		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8893		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8894		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8895		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8896		messages.
8897	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8898		message to explain how much space was available and
8899		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8900		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8901	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8902		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8903		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8904		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8905		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8906		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8907		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8908		Kapor Enterprises.
8909	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8910		without recompiling.
8911	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8912		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8913		purely cosmetic.
8914	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8915		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8916		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8917	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8918		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8919		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8920		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8921		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8922		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8923		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8924	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8925		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8926		Wolfhugel.
8927	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8928		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8929		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8930		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8931		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8932		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8933		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8934		size around and can never start listening to connections
8935		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
8936		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8937		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8938		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8939		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
8940		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8941		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8942		implications.
8943	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8944		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8945	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8946		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8947		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8948	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8949		doc directory.  This includes some additional
8950		information.
8951	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8952		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
8953		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8954		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
8955		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8956		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8957		loop the mail, which was bad news.
8958	Portability fixes:
8959		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8960		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8961		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8962		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8963		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8964		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8965			Newcastle upon Tyne.
8966		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8967			Corporation.
8968		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8969		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8970			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8971		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8972	New Files:
8973		src/Makefile.CLIX
8974		src/Makefile.NCR3000
8975		doc/changes/Makefile
8976		doc/changes/changes.me
8977		doc/changes/changes.ps
8978
89798.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
8980	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8981		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
8982		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8983
89848.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
8985	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8986		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
8987		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8988		list.
8989
89908.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
8991	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8992		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8993		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8994		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8995		valid shell.
8996	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8997		in the connection cache for a long time under some
8998		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
8999		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9000		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9001		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9002	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9003		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9004		from a local user to another local user.  From
9005		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9006	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9007		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9008		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9009	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9010		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9011		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9012		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9013		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9014		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9015		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9016		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9017		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9018	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9019		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9020		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9021	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9022		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9023		BSD-like system.
9024	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9025		protocol entirely.
9026	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9027		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9028		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9029		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9030		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9031	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9032	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9033		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9034		files.
9035	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9036		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9037		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9038	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9039		of CMU.
9040	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9041		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9042		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9043	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9044		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9045		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9046		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9047	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9048		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9049		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9050		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9051		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9052		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9053	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9054		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9055	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9056		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9057		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9058		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9059		Motonori Nakamura.
9060	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9061		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9062		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9063	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9064		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9065		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9066		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9067	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9068		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9069		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9070	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9071		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9072		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9073	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9074		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9075		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9076		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9077	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9078		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9079		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9080		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9081	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9082		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9083		didn't see the class items being added.
9084	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9085		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9086		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9087		Rutgers.
9088	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9089		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9090	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9091		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9092		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9093		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9094		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9095		the problem myself.
9096	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9097		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9098		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9099		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9100	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9101		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9102		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9103		UUNET.
9104	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9105		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9106		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9107		John Oleynick.
9108	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9109		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9110		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9111	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9112		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9113		Nakamura.
9114	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9115		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9116		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9117		University of Washington.
9118	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9119		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9120	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9121		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9122		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9123		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9124		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9125		of Cambridge University.
9126	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9127		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9128		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9129	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9130		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9131		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9132	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9133		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9134		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9135		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9136		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9137		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9138		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9139		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9140		a chance.
9141	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9142		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9143	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9144		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9145		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9146		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9147		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9148		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9149		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9150		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9151	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9152		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9153	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9154	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9155		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9156		size for various mailers.
9157	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9158		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9159		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9160	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9161		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9162		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9163	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9164	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9165		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9166		system.
9167	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9168		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9169		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9170	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9171		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9172		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9173	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9174		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9175		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9176		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9177		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9178		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9179		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9180		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9181		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9182		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9183		University of Sydney.
9184	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9185		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9186		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9187		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9188		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9189	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9190		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9191		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9192		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9193		Suominen.
9194	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9195		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9196		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9197		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9198	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9199		Suominen.
9200	Portability fixes:
9201		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9202		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9203		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9204		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9205		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9206		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9207		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9208		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9209		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9210	NEW FILES:
9211		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9212		src/Makefile.PTX
9213		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9214		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9215		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9216		src/mailq.1
9217		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9218		doc/op/Makefile
9219		doc/intro/Makefile
9220		doc/usenix/Makefile
9221
92228.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9223	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9224		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9225		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9226	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9227		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9228		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9229		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9230		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9231	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9232		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9233		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9234		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9235		Christian Wettergren.
9236	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9237		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9238		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9239		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9240		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9241		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9242		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9243		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9244		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9245		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9246		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9247		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9248		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9249		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9250	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9251		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9252		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9253		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9254	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9255		connection to create problems on the current job.
9256		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9257		the wrong place.
9258	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9259		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9260		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9261		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9262	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9263		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9264	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9265		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9266		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9267	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9268		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9269		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9270		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9271		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9272	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9273		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9274		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9275	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9276		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9277		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9278	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9279		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9280	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9281		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9282		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9283		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9284	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9285		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9286		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9287	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9288		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9289		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9290	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9291		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9292		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9293	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9294		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9295		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9296		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9297		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9298		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9299	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9300		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9301		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9302		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9303	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9304		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9305		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9306		dot convention.
9307	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9308		of from a clean exit.
9309	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9310		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9311		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9312	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9313		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9314		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9315		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9316	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9317		Jones of UUNET.
9318	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9319		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9320		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9321		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9322	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9323		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9324		says that they should be ignored.
9325	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9326		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9327		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9328		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9329		is not reentrant.
9330	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9331		documented in the Bat Book.
9332	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9333		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9334		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9335		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9336	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9337		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9338		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9339		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9340		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9341	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9342		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9343	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9344		of Kyoto University.
9345	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9346		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9347	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9348		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9349	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9350		Bryan Costales.
9351	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9352		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9353	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9354		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9355		Nakamura.
9356	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9357		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9358		illegal addresses appearing there).
9359	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9360		BB&N.
9361	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9362		included.
9363	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9364		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9365	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9366		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9367		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9368		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9369	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9370		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9371	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9372		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9373		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9374	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9375		to include a host name or other useful information.
9376	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9377		DeMarco.
9378	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9379		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9380		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9381		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9382		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9383	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9384		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9385	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9386		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9387		this properly).
9388	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9389		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9390		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9391	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9392		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9393		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9394		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9395		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9396		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9397		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9398		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9399	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9400		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9401		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9402		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9403		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9404		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9405		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9406	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9407		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9408		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9409		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9410	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9411		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9412	Portability fixes for:
9413		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9414		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9415		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9416		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9417		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9418			of Stoner Associates.
9419		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9420		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9421			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9422			of Maryland.
9423		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9424		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9425		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9426		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9427		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9428		RISC/os.
9429		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9430			at Chico.
9431		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9432		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9433		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9434			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9435			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9436	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9437		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9438		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9439		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9440		addresses when relaying internally.
9441	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9442		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9443		provided by Peter Wemm.
9444	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9445		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9446		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9447	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9448		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9449	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9450		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9451		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9452		names.
9453	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9454		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9455		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9456	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9457		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9458		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9459		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9460		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9461	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9462		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9463	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9464	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9465		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9466		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9467		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9468		of Georgia Tech.
9469	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9470		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9471	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9472		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9473		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9474		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9475		the local name prepended.
9476	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9477	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9478	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9479		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9480	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9481		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9482		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9483	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9484		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9485			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9486		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9487			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9488			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9489			cause some .forward files that have worked
9490			before to start failing.
9491		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9492	NEW FILES:
9493		src/Makefile.DGUX
9494		src/Makefile.Dynix
9495		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9496		src/Makefile.Mach386
9497		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9498		src/Makefile.RISCos
9499		src/Makefile.SCO
9500		src/Makefile.SVR4
9501		src/Makefile.Titan
9502		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9503		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9504		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9505		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9506		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9507		makemap/Makefile.dist
9508		praliases/Makefile.dist
9509
95108.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9511	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9512		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9513		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9514	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9515		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9516		class of attack.
9517	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9518		in a few critical places.
9519	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9520		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9521		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9522		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9523		and High-Energy Physics.
9524	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9525		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9526		Eric Wassenaar.
9527	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9528		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9529		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9530		Wassenaar.
9531	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9532		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9533		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9534		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9535	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9536		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9537		these can have different values depending on which
9538		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9539	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9540		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9541	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9542		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9543		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9544		postmaster" case.
9545	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9546	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9547		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9548	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9549		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9550		Christopher Davis.
9551	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9552		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9553		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9554		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9555	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9556		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9557
95588.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9559	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9560		addresses that get return-receipts.
9561	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9562		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9563		and end up sending the message several times.
9564	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9565		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9566		four hours".
9567	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9568		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9569		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9570		Cornell University Medical College.
9571	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9572		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9573		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9574		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9575		Wassenaar.
9576	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9577		connections fail during message collection.  From
9578		Eric Wassenaar.
9579	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9580		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9581		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9582		Stratus.
9583	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9584		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9585		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9586	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9587		by non-root users were not put into
9588		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9589		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9590		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9591	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9592		could get confused as to whether a database was
9593		open or not.
9594	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9595		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9596		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9597		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9598		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9599	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9600		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9601		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9602	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9603
96048.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9605	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9606	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9607		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9608		propagated to the queue file.
9609
96108.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9611	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9612		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9613	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9614		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9615		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9616		header files but don't have the syscall.
9617	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9618		if trymx == FALSE.
9619	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9620		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9621		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9622		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9623	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9624		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9625	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9626		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9627		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9628		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9629		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9630		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9631		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9632	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9633		Kanbe.
9634	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9635		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9636		Wisner of The Well.
9637	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9638		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9639	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9640		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9641		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9642		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9643		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9644		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9645		read permission.
9646	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9647		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9648		MX suppression will still work.
9649	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9650		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9651		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9652		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9653	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9654		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9655		Nakamura.
9656	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9657		"CX $Z" works.
9658	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9659		trying to send the original message if the connection
9660		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9661		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9662		by John Myers of CMU.
9663	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9664		term bug.
9665	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9666		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9667		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9668		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9669		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9670		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9671	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9672	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9673		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9674	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9675		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9676		level.
9677	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9678		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9679		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9680		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9681		address.
9682	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9683		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9684		Harvey Mudd College.
9685	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9686		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9687		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9688		their full name information.
9689	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9690		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9691		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9692	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9693		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9694	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9695		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9696		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9697		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9698	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9699		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9700		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9701		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9702	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9703		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9704		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9705		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9706		names.
9707	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9708		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9709		helpful.
9710	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9711		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9712		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9713		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9714	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9715		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9716		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9717	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9718		that claims to be itself works properly.
9719	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9720		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9721		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9722		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9723	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9724		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9725		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9726	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9727		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9728		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9729		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9730		scratch.
9731	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9732		true address to still send to the original address
9733		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9734		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9735		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9736	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9737		more trouble than it was worth.
9738	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9739		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9740		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9741	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9742		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9743		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9744	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9745		the queue.
9746	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9747		messages don't come out with stale information.
9748	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9749		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9750	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9751		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9752		Myers of CMU.
9753	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9754		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9755		Corrigan.
9756	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9757		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9758		sender address.
9759	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9760	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9761	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9762		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9763		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9764		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9765		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9766		that does bulk data transfer).
9767	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9768		Amir Plivatsky.
9769	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9770		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9771		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9772		bogus config files that were not caught.
9773	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9774		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9775	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9776		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9777		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9778	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9779		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9780	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9781		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9782		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9783		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9784	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9785		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9786	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9787		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9788	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9789		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9790	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9791		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9792		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9793		Melbourne.
9794	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9795		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9796		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9797		to match regular entries.
9798	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9799		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9800	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9801		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9802	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9803		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9804		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9805	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9806		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9807		messages is the best possible.
9808	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9809		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9810		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9811	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9812		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9813	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9814		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9815	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9816		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9817	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9818	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9819		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9820		on the address.
9821	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9822		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9823		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9824		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9825		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9826	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9827	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9828	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9829		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9830		addresses in any detail.
9831	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9832		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9833	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9834		with an address such as "!foo".
9835	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9836		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9837		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9838		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9839		Bret Marquis.
9840
98418.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9842	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9843		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9844		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9845		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9846	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9847		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9848		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9849		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9850		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9851		Nakamura.
9852	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9853		are no DNS records matching the name.
9854	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9855		original message was received ... from localhost".
9856		The correct original host information is now included.
9857	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9858		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9859		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9860	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9861		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9862	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9863		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9864		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9865		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9866		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9867		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9868		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9869		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9870
98718.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9872	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9873		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9874		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9875		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9876		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9877		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9878		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9879		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9880		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9881		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9882		UIUC sendmail.
9883	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9884		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9885		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9886		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9887		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9888		by Neil Rickert.
9889	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9890		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9891		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9892		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9893		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9894		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9895		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9896		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9897		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9898		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9899	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9900		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9901		humans.
9902	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9903		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9904	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9905		repaired).
9906	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9907		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9908		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9909		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9910	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9911		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9912		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9913	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9914		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9915		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9916		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9917		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9918	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9919		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9920		core dumps on some machines.
9921	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9922		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9923		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9924		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9925		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9926		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9927		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9928		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9929		some true error conditions.
9930	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9931		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9932		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9933		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9934	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9935		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
9936		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
9937		by Motonori Nakamura.
9938	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9939		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
9940		caused error messages to be handled differently during
9941		a queue run than a direct run.
9942	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9943		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9944		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9945	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9946		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9947		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9948		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9949		restart it.
9950	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9951		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
9952		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9953		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9954		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9955		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
9956		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9957		is appropriately functional.
9958	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9959		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9960		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
9961		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9962	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9963		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9964		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9965		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9966		Technologies.
9967	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9968		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
9969		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9970		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9971		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
9972		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9973		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9974		things.
9975	Portability changes:
9976		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9977			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9978			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
9979			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9980			of Colorado.
9981		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
9982			help other strict ANSI compilers.
9983		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9984			Corporation.
9985		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9986			documentation apparently doesn't define
9987			__STDC__ by default).
9988		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9989		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9990			Motonori Nakamura.
9991	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9992	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9993		several people have made a good argument that this
9994		creates more problems than it solves (although this
9995		may prove painful in the short run).
9996	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9997		format.
9998	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9999		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10000		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10001	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10002		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10003		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10004		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10005		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10006	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10007		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10008		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10009		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10010	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10011		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10012		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10013		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10014	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10015		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10016		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10017		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10018		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10019	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10020		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10021
100228.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10023	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10024		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10025		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10026		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10027		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10028		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10029		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10030		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10031		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10032	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10033		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10034		"user friendly".
10035	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10036		16 bytes/sec.
10037	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10038		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10039		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10040		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10041		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10042		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10043		for quick test cases.
10044	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10045		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10046		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10047		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10048	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10049		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10050		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10051	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10052		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10053		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10054		From Michael Corrigan.
10055	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10056		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10057		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10058	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10059		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10060		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10061	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10062		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10063		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10064	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10065
100668.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10067	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10068	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10069		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10070		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10071	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10072	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10073		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10074		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10075		from Bill Wisner.
10076	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10077		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10078	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10079		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10080		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10081	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10082		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10083		match the other flags in that file.
10084	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10085	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10086		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10087	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10088		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10089		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10090	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10091		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10092	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10093		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10094		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10095	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10096		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10097		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10098	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10099		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10100		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10101		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10102		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10103	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10104		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10105		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10106		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10107		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10108		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10109		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10110		be owned by you.
10111	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10112		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10113		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10114		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10115	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10116	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10117	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10118		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10119		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10120		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10121		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10122		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10123	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10124		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10125		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10126		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10127		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10128		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10129		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10130		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10131		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10132		it adapts.
10133	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10134		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10135		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10136		way.
10137	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10138		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10139		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10140	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10141		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10142		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10143		only happen when there has been another error in the
10144		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10145		by default in conf.h.
10146	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10147		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10148		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10149		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10150		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10151		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10152		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10153		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10154	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10155		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10156		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10157		See cf/README for an example.
10158	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10159		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10160	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10161		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10162		has been requested by several people, but can break
10163		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10164		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10165		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10166		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10167	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10168		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10169		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10170	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10171		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10172		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10173		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10174	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10175		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10176		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10177
101788.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10179	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10180		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10181	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10182		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10183		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10184	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10185
101868.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10187	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10188		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10189		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10190
101918.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10192	Another mailertable fix....
10193
101948.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10195	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10196